332
Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety Instructions 3 Putting the System into Service 4 Mechanical Handling 5 Controls 6 Switching the System On 7 Standard Fluoroscopic Operations 8 Adjusting Live Images 9 Data Management 10 DICOM Functions 11 Cine Loops 12 Subtraction Modes 13 Post-Processing Images 14 Measurements 15 Displayed Texts and Text Functions 16 Image Documentation 17 Laser Positioning Device 18 Direct Radiography 19 System Configuration 20 C-Arm Power Assist (U.S. Option) 21 Appendix Index

Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    18

  • Download
    2

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Ziehm Vision

Ziehm Vision FD

User Manual

Table of Contents

About this Manual 1System Overview 2Safety Instructions 3Putting the System into Service 4Mechanical Handling 5Controls 6Switching the System On 7Standard Fluoroscopic Operations 8Adjusting Live Images 9Data Management 10DICOM Functions 11Cine Loops 12Subtraction Modes 13Post-Processing Images 14Measurements 15Displayed Texts and Text Functions 16Image Documentation 17Laser Positioning Device 18Direct Radiography 19System Configuration 20C-Arm Power Assist (U.S. Option) 21Appendix

Index

Page 2: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

CopyrightCopyright © 2005 Ziehm Imaging GmbHAll rights reserved.Transmission or reproduction of this manual, exploitation and disclosure of its contents to third persons is not permitted without express written consent of the manufacturer. Infringements shall entitle to damage claims.

Registered TrademarksThis manual may contain the names of registered trademarks or brands, the use of which by third persons for their purposes may infringe the rights of their respective owners.

Quality StandardsThis manual was produced in compliance with the quality principles of ISO 9001. The information provided in this manual may be updated at regular intervals and is subject to change without prior notice.

Manufactured by: In the U.S.A.:Ziehm Imaging GmbH Ziehm Imaging, Inc.Donaustr. 31 4181 Latham StreetD-90451 Nuremberg (Germany) Riverside, CA 92501e-mail: [email protected] e-mail: [email protected]://www.ziehm.com

Rev. 07/2005

Safety instructions This manual does not constitute a complete catalog of all safety measures necessary for the operation of the respective medical equipment, since special operating conditions may require further measures. However, it does contain instructions which must be observed in order to ensure the personal safety of operating staff and patients as well as to avoid damage to property.

Intended use The medical equipment is intended for fluoroscopies in the field of surgery, e.g. in traumatology, orthopedics, neurology, urology, cardiology. Third-party devices and components used in combination with this system must comply with the safety requirements according to IEC 60601-1 and/or IEC 60601-1-1 or furnish proof of an equivalent degree of safety.

To ensure CE conformity, these components must have a CE approval in accordance with Council Directive 93/42/EEC. In addition, a declaration in compliance with Article 12 of the said directive must be provided.

For components without CE approval, a conformity assessment procedure is obligatory.

Proper and safe operation of the system requires adequate transportation, storage, assembly and installation as well as appropriate use and maintenance.

The limiting values indicated in this user manual must not be exceeded; this applies also when putting the system into service.

Operation (U.S.A.) In the U.S.A., Federal law restricts use of this device to trained personnel on the order of a physician.

Authorized personnel Only authorized personnel are allowed to assemble and/or repair the medical equipment described in this manual. Authorized personnel are persons who have attended an appropriate training course provided by the manufacturer.

Exclusion of liability The manufacturer accepts responsibility for the safety, reliability and performance of the system only if

• any installation, modification or repair work is carried out exclusively by persons authorized by the manufacturer;

• the electrical installation of the site where the system is operated complies with the requirements of VDE 0107 or the corresponding national regulations of the country of installation;

• the system is used in accordance with the user manual.The warranty becomes invalid in case that any repair, modification or installation work is carried out by unauthorized personnel. No consequential damages will be accepted either.

The equipment conforms to Class IIb according to the Council Directive 93/42/EEC.

This user manual has been written and reviewed originally in German and translated.

Page 3: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Table of Contents

Table of Contents I

1 About this Manual 1-1

2 System Overview 2-12.1 Fields of application.......................................................................................... 2-12.2 Features ........................................................................................................... 2-12.3 Options ............................................................................................................. 2-42.4 Options (U.S.A.) ............................................................................................... 2-52.5 Optional accessories ........................................................................................ 2-62.6 Optional accessories (U.S.A.) .......................................................................... 2-62.7 Parts of the system........................................................................................... 2-7

2.7.1 C-arm stand ...................................................................................... 2-72.7.2 Monitor cart ....................................................................................... 2-9

2.7.2.1 Monitor cart with 18.1" flat-screen monitors....................... 2-92.7.2.2 Monitor cart with CRT monitors ......................................... 2-10

2.7.3 Twin monitors.................................................................................... 2-112.7.4 Monitor settings on a Ziehm Vision with flat-screen monitors ........... 2-12

2.7.4.1 Integrated button panel...................................................... 2-122.7.4.2 Setting the brightness, contrast and backlight brightness . 2-122.7.4.3 Setting the menu language................................................ 2-142.7.4.4 Restoring the factory settings ............................................ 2-15

2.7.5 Video output ...................................................................................... 2-16

3 Safety Instructions 3-13.1 General safety instructions............................................................................... 3-13.2 X-rays ............................................................................................................... 3-23.3 Electromagnetic compatibility........................................................................... 3-33.4 Protective grounding ........................................................................................ 3-43.5 Equipotential grounding.................................................................................... 3-43.6 Laser radiation.................................................................................................. 3-53.7 Environmental compatibility.............................................................................. 3-6

4 Putting the System into Service 4-14.1 Unpacking the system ...................................................................................... 4-14.2 Accessories ...................................................................................................... 4-24.3 Cable connections............................................................................................ 4-34.4 First power-up of the system ............................................................................ 4-34.5 Setting up the system....................................................................................... 4-4

5 Mechanical Handling 5-15.1 Transport position............................................................................................. 5-1

5.1.1 C-arm stand transport position.......................................................... 5-15.1.2 Monitor cart transport position........................................................... 5-2

5.2 Braking and steering the monitor cart .............................................................. 5-45.3 Braking and steering the C-arm stand.............................................................. 5-55.4 C-arm movements............................................................................................ 5-6

5.4.1 Orbital rotation .................................................................................. 5-7

IZiehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 4: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Table of Contents

5.4.2 Angulation ......................................................................................... 5-85.4.3 Swiveling (panning) ........................................................................... 5-95.4.4 Horizontal movement ........................................................................ 5-105.4.5 Vertical movement............................................................................. 5-11

6 Controls 6-16.1 Vision Center control panel .............................................................................. 6-1

6.1.1 Elements of the control panel............................................................ 6-16.1.2 Controls in the Fluoroscopy and Subtraction operating modes......... 6-2

6.2 Switches on the unit ......................................................................................... 6-96.3 Hand switch and foot switch ............................................................................. 6-10

7 Switching the System On 7-17.1 Preparing the system........................................................................................ 7-17.2 Switching the system on................................................................................... 7-27.3 EMERGENCY STOP button............................................................................. 7-37.4 Key switch ........................................................................................................ 7-4

8 Standard Fluoroscopic Operations 8-18.1 Overview........................................................................................................... 8-18.2 Fluoroscopy modes .......................................................................................... 8-2

8.2.1 Continuous pulse fluoroscopy ........................................................... 8-28.2.2 Digital radiography (snapshot) .......................................................... 8-4

8.3 Manual exposure rate setting ........................................................................... 8-58.4 Fluoroscopy programs...................................................................................... 8-7

8.4.1 Anatomical programs ........................................................................ 8-78.4.2 Metal artifact correction function ....................................................... 8-88.4.3 Reposition function............................................................................ 8-88.4.4 High quality function .......................................................................... 8-88.4.5 Large patient function........................................................................ 8-9

8.5 Screen display during radiation ........................................................................ 8-98.6 Dose area product ............................................................................................ 8-108.7 Saving............................................................................................................... 8-108.8 Printing the live monitor image ......................................................................... 8-128.9 Warning signals and faults ............................................................................... 8-13

8.9.1 Permanent warning during radiation ................................................. 8-138.9.2 Interval warning during radiation ....................................................... 8-138.9.3 Temperature monitoring .................................................................... 8-148.9.4 Error and alert messages.................................................................. 8-14

9 Adjusting Live Images 9-19.1 Overview........................................................................................................... 9-19.2 Contrast and brightness settings for the CRT monitors.................................... 9-29.3 Contrast and brightness adjustment of individual images (windowing) ............ 9-49.4 Filters................................................................................................................ 9-7

9.4.1 Recursive filter................................................................................... 9-79.4.2 Edge filter .......................................................................................... 9-89.4.3 Stack filter ......................................................................................... 9-9

9.5 Electronic image magnification......................................................................... 9-109.6 Digital image zooming ...................................................................................... 9-119.7 Grayscale inversion .......................................................................................... 9-139.8 Collimation........................................................................................................ 9-13

9.8.1 Iris collimator ..................................................................................... 9-13

II Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 5: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Table of Contents

9.8.2 Slot collimator ................................................................................... 9-149.8.3 Virtual collimator................................................................................ 9-15

9.9 Image swapping ............................................................................................... 9-159.10 Image reversal and image rotation................................................................... 9-16

9.10.1 Horizontal and vertical image reversal .............................................. 9-169.10.2 Image rotation ................................................................................... 9-17

10 Data Management 10-110.1 Organization of patient and image data ........................................................... 10-1

10.1.1 Patient folders ................................................................................... 10-110.1.2 Generated patient folders ................................................................. 10-2

10.2 Managing patient data...................................................................................... 10-210.2.1 Creating a new patient folder on the Ziehm Vision ........................... 10-3

10.2.1.1 Entering patient data manually .......................................... 10-410.2.2 Modifying patient data....................................................................... 10-5

10.3 Image data management ................................................................................. 10-710.3.1 Processing patient folders................................................................. 10-810.3.2 Finding and displaying a patient folder.............................................. 10-1510.3.3 Activating a patient folder.................................................................. 10-1710.3.4 Browsing through the active patient folder ........................................ 10-2010.3.5 Processing and outputting images in a patient folder ....................... 10-2010.3.6 Comparing saved images ................................................................. 10-2910.3.7 Making backup copies of patient folders........................................... 10-30

10.3.7.1 Backup to USB storage device .......................................... 10-3110.3.7.2 Backup to CD or DVD....................................................... 10-34

11 DICOM Functions 11-111.1 Prerequisites .................................................................................................... 11-111.2 Downloading patient data from a DICOM server.............................................. 11-1

11.2.1 Query ................................................................................................ 11-111.2.2 Downloading a Worklist..................................................................... 11-2

11.2.2.1 Downloading a Worklist for a specific time span .............. 11-311.2.2.2 Downloading a patient-specific Worklist ........................... 11-411.2.2.3 Downloading a Worklist for a procedure step ................... 11-6

11.3 Saving images from one or several patient folders .......................................... 11-811.3.1 Saving and printing images and cine loops....................................... 11-9

11.4 Saving or printing single cine loop images ....................................................... 11-1111.5 Importing images and cine loops from a DICOM server .................................. 11-12

12 Cine Loops 12-112.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 12-112.2 Generating a cine loop ..................................................................................... 12-112.3 Opening a saved cine loop............................................................................... 12-412.4 Controlling and editing a cine loop during playback ......................................... 12-612.5 Processing and outputting saved cine loops .................................................... 12-812.6 Processing and outputting single cine loop images ......................................... 12-15

13 Subtraction Modes 13-113.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 13-113.2 Acquiring a DSA cine loop................................................................................ 13-213.3 Acquiring an MSA image.................................................................................. 13-413.4 Acquiring an RSA image .................................................................................. 13-5

IIIZiehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 6: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Table of Contents

13.5 Generating MSA and RSA images from a saved DSA cine loop ..................... 13-713.5.1 Opening and postprocessing a DSA cine loop in an active patient

folder ................................................................................................. 13-713.5.2 Opening and postprocessing any DSA cine loop.............................. 13-8

13.6 Editing a DSA cine loop.................................................................................... 13-1113.7 Pixel shift .......................................................................................................... 13-1313.8 Landmarking..................................................................................................... 13-14

14 Post-Processing Images 14-114.1 Overview........................................................................................................... 14-114.2 Activating the post-processing functions .......................................................... 14-314.3 Contrast and brightness settings for the CRT monitors.................................... 14-414.4 Contrast and brightness adjustment of individual images (windowing) ............ 14-514.5 Edge filter ......................................................................................................... 14-814.6 Digital image zooming ...................................................................................... 14-914.7 Grayscale inversion .......................................................................................... 14-1114.8 Image rotation................................................................................................... 14-1114.9 Horizontal and vertical image reversal ............................................................. 14-1114.10 Digital collimation (image crop) ........................................................................ 14-1214.11 Marking and deleting images............................................................................ 14-1214.12 Outputting images ............................................................................................ 14-15

15 Measurements 15-115.1 Measuring functions ......................................................................................... 15-115.2 Calibrating ........................................................................................................ 15-315.3 Measuring a length or distance ........................................................................ 15-515.4 3-point measurement........................................................................................ 15-815.5 4-point measurement........................................................................................ 15-1115.6 4-point ratio measurement................................................................................ 15-15

16 Displayed Texts and Text Functions 16-116.1 Overview........................................................................................................... 16-116.2 Image information on the monitor..................................................................... 16-1

16.2.1 Upper left corner of the monitor......................................................... 16-116.2.2 Upper right corner of the monitor ...................................................... 16-116.2.3 Lower left corner of the monitor......................................................... 16-216.2.4 Lower right corner of the monitor ...................................................... 16-3

16.3 Entering and editing text................................................................................... 16-4

17 Image Documentation 17-117.1 Overview........................................................................................................... 17-117.2 Output to video printer ...................................................................................... 17-117.3 Record and playback on video cassette recorder ............................................ 17-2

18 Laser Positioning Device 18-118.1 Applications ...................................................................................................... 18-1

19 Direct Radiography 19-119.1 Overview........................................................................................................... 19-119.2 Fitting the film cassette holder.......................................................................... 19-119.3 Making a direct radiographic exposure............................................................. 19-2

IV Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 7: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Table of Contents

20 System Configuration 20-120.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 20-120.2 Operation settings ............................................................................................ 20-2

20.2.1 Autotransfer ...................................................................................... 20-220.2.2 Autostore........................................................................................... 20-320.2.3 Displaying a crosshair ....................................................................... 20-420.2.4 Defining the start screen ................................................................... 20-520.2.5 Cine loop settings ............................................................................. 20-620.2.6 Showing or hiding the native image .................................................. 20-720.2.7 Discarding the operation settings...................................................... 20-7

20.3 Basic settings ................................................................................................... 20-820.3.1 Setting the system date and the system time ................................... 20-820.3.2 Determining the live monitor ............................................................. 20-920.3.3 Entering the hospital data ................................................................. 20-1020.3.4 Discarding the basic settings ............................................................ 20-11

20.4 Monitor / Dose .................................................................................................. 20-1120.5 Storage media .................................................................................................. 20-13

20.5.1 Floppy disk storage format................................................................ 20-1420.5.2 Defining the USB device storage format ........................................... 20-1420.5.3 Defining the CD / DVD storage format .............................................. 20-1520.5.4 Deleting data from storage media..................................................... 20-16

21 C-Arm Power Assist (U.S. Option) 21-121.1 Function............................................................................................................ 21-121.2 Operating instructions ...................................................................................... 21-121.3 Using the C-arm Power Assist ......................................................................... 21-2

Appendix A-1A.1 Regular checks................................................................................................. A-1

A.1.1 Routine checks to be performed by the user .................................... A-1A.1.2 Consistency test according to national regulations........................... A-2A.1.3 Checking the exposure rate control .................................................. A-2A.1.4 Dose meter check (optional feature) ................................................. A-2A.1.5 Checking the useful beam ................................................................ A-4A.1.6 Leakage in the cooling system.......................................................... A-5A.1.7 Gettering the image intensifier tube (n/a for Ziehm Vision FD) ......... A-5A.1.8 Gain adjustment and pixel correction (Ziehm Vision FD).................. A-5

A.2 Cleaning, disinfection, sterilization ................................................................... A-6A.2.1 Cleaning............................................................................................ A-6A.2.2 Disinfection ....................................................................................... A-6A.2.3 Sterilization ....................................................................................... A-7

A.3 Faults................................................................................................................ A-7A.3.1 Types of faults................................................................................... A-7

A.3.1.1 Alerts during power-up....................................................... A-7A.3.1.2 Errors during power-up ...................................................... A-7A.3.1.3 Alerts during operation....................................................... A-8A.3.1.4 Errors during operation ...................................................... A-8

A.3.2 List of errors and alerts ..................................................................... A-8A.4 Labels on the Ziehm Vision .............................................................................. A-16A.5 Focal spot position ........................................................................................... A-26

A.5.1 Ziehm Vision ..................................................................................... A-26A.5.2 Ziehm Vision FD................................................................................ A-27

A.6 Heat capacity.................................................................................................... A-28

VZiehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 8: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Table of Contents

A.7 Scattered radiation in the significant zone of occupancy.................................. A-29A.7.1 Ziehm Vision ..................................................................................... A-29A.7.2 Ziehm Vision FD................................................................................ A-30

A.8 Dimensions....................................................................................................... A-31A.9 Technical data .................................................................................................. A-35

A.9.1 Ziehm Vision ..................................................................................... A-35A.9.2 Laser positioning device.................................................................... A-39A.9.3 Dose measurement chamber ............................................................ A-39

A.10 Labels on the Ziehm Vision (U.S.A.) ................................................................ A-40A.11 Technical data Ziehm Vision (U.S.A.)............................................................... A-48A.12 Technical data Ziehm Vision (Japan) ............................................................... A-51

Index i

VI Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 9: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

About this Manual 1Purpose of this manual

This manual is designed to enable owners and operators of a Ziehm Vision or Ziehm Vision FD to operate the systems described herein safely and efficiently.

Scope of validity of this manual

Ziehm Vision and Ziehm Vision FD, software version 4.

Separate operating instructions

For several system options, separate operating instructions are available. They are supplied with the system, provided that the system configuration includes the respective option. You will find a corresponding reference in the relevant sections of the manual.

Typographical conventions

In this manual, the following notations and formats will be used to highlight certain elements of the Vision Center control panel or the documentation itself:

Element Format Example

Vision Center elements (buttons, symbols and boxes), operating modes, functions

Bold Post Process

Cross-references Italic, preceded by an arrow

→ Ch. 20, p. 20-1

Steps of a procedure

Preceded by a•

• Press the OK button.

Table 1-1 Notations and formats used in this manual

1-1Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 10: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

1 About this Manual

Hints and warnings The manual contains some information which must be observed in order to ensure the personal safety of operating staff and patients as well as to avoid damage to property. All such information is highlighted as follows:

WARNINGThis is the highest level of risk. Personal injury or damage to property may occur if the operator does not observe the instructions provided here.

CAUTIONThis means that a situation exists which may require a decision or action on the part of the user for optimum equipment performance or to avoid a minor hazard.

NoteNotes are merely informative. Additional useful information and hints are provided for the operator here.

1-2 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 11: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

System Overview 22.1 Fields of application

ApplicationsThe Ziehm Vision is a mobile C-arm X-ray image intensifier which is suitable for all surgical applications in traumatology, orthopedics, neurology, urology and cardiology, for use in gastroenterology and for all vascular applications.

Ziehm Vision FDThe Ziehm Vision FD is suitable for more demanding vascular interventions requiring a high level of precision, e.g. in the field of neurology.

2.2 Features

MobilityWith its compact design and combined steering & braking system, the Ziehm Vision offers unrestricted mobility at the operating table, even if space is scarce.

The easy adjustability of the ample C-arm and the perfect counterbalancing of the C-arm stand make it possible to access even the most difficult positions.

Anatomical programs

Computer-controlled anatomical programs ensure optimal exposure rate and image quality control as well as high operating comfort. A ‘Soft’ program for soft tissue visualization during foreign body localization and a ‘Metal’ program for suppressing image flare resulting from the use of metal implants and surgical instruments complete the automatic functions.

Radiation dose reduction

The superior penetration capabilities of the digital high-frequency generator enable a significant reduction in the patient skin dose.

Radiation-free collimation is provided by the system’s ‘Virtual Collimator’.

Image quality18" flat-screen monitors or optionally 1000 cd2 CRT monitors with anti-reflection coating which are based on 150 Hz technology (U.S.A.: 90 Hz non-interlaced) guarantee flicker-free images. The advanced Full Frame Technology, which uses non-interlacing throughout the entire image processing chain, generates noise-free images without motion artifacts, even if the subject has moved.

2-1Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 12: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

2 System Overview

Ziehm Vision FD The Ziehm Vision FD features a fully-digital image processing chain. The digital flat-panel detector ensures distortion-free images.

Image adjustment Comprehensive real-time image processing functions (customizable noise and area filtering, electronic contrast and brightness adjustment, zooming, radiation-free horizontal and vertical image reversal, digital image rotation) ensure perfect adaptation of the image quality and orientation on the screen to the surgeon’s needs.

Further image processing functions are available for saved images (post-processing).

Active Cooling The Active Cooling system allows for nearly unlimited fluoroscopy times, being often indispensable e.g. in cardiac and vascular surgery.

Image management A patient-based image management system providing a 16-image mosaic view and menu-controlled user guidance guarantees efficient image data handling.

Documentation and output

For documentation purposes, a video printer and a video cassette recorder are available.

For filmless archiving, the following devices are available:

− Floppy disk drive

− CD writer or DVD writer

− USB port

Images can be stored in the following formats:

− PC-compatible BMP format (floppy disk)

− PC-compatible TIF format

− PC-compatible JPEG format with reduced resolution and reduced color depth

− DICOM format

− DICOM format with reduced resolution and reduced color depth

− Multimedia format: Video CD format (CD) or MPEG2 format (DVD).

The system documents not only patient-related data, but also image-related data (e.g. the fluoroscopy parameters).

In addition, all systems have a video output.

2-2 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 13: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

2 System Overview

NetworkabilityThe optional DICOM 3.0 interface (Ziehm NetPort) enables integration into any network supporting DICOM, e.g. PACS. Thanks to ‘Primary Capture’ support, the original fluoroscopic images can be archived without the changes which may have been applied to them later. The following DICOM Classes are available: Print, Storage (including multiframe capability), Media, Worklist, Query/Retrieve and Verification.

It is possible to connect and configure several DICOM servers for each DICOM Class.

For more information on DICOM, please refer to our DICOM Conformance Statement included in the “Technical Manual”.

2-3Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 14: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

2 System Overview

2.3 Options

This manual describes a system with maximum configuration. The system configuration chosen by you may not contain all options and functions described here.

The following options can be integrated into the system upon request:

− DICOM 3.0 interface Ziehm NetPort (Primary Capture)

Depending on the chosen system configuration, the following DICOM Classes are supported:

− Print Class

− Storage Class including multiframe capability

− Media Class

− Worklist Class

− Query/Retrieve Class

− Verification Class

− Dose measurement chamber for measuring the dose area product

− Laser positioning device on the generator and/or image intensifier or digital flat-panel detector

− Key switch

− EMERGENCY STOP button

− Connection for external separate radiation warning lamp (including software)

− Codonics laser printer (EP 1660)

− Codonics laser printer (NP 1660 MD)

− S-VHS video cassette recorder with automatic recording control (Sony® SVO-9500MDP)

− Video printer Sony® UP-895 or UP-960 (for printout on paper) or UP-980 (for printout on paper or transparent film)

− CRT monitors

− USB port

− CD writer or DVD writer

2-4 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 15: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

2 System Overview

2.4 Options (U.S.A.)

This manual describes a system with maximum configuration. The system configuration chosen by you may not contain all options and functions described here.

The following options can be integrated into the system upon request:

Hardware options:− CD writer

− Video printer Sony® UP-895 or UP-960 (for printout on paper) or UP-980 (for printout on paper or transparent film)

− Codonics laser printer (EP 1660)

− Laser positioning device on the generator and/or image intensifier

− Dose measurement chamber for measuring the dose area product

− Vision Center located in the monitor cart

Optional functions:− Measurements

− DSA

− CINE with 5/10/15/30 frames per second (30 frames per second only with DSA option)

− Additional image storage: 5,000/10,000/20,000/50,000 images (50,000 images only with DSA option)

− DICOM 3.0 interface Ziehm NetPort (Primary Capture)

Depending on the chosen system configuration, the following DICOM Classes are supported:

− Print Class

− Storage Class including multiframe capability

− Media Class

− Worklist Class

− Query/Retrieve Class (patient level)

− Query/Retrieve Class (study level)

− Query/Retrieve Class (series level)

− Query/Retrieve Class (image level)

− Verification Class

− Dose area product display

2-5Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 16: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

2 System Overview

2.5 Optional accessories

The following accessories are optionally available for the Ziehm Vision:

− Sterile disposable covers for all sizes

− Hand surgery table (n/a for Ziehm Vision FD)

− Universal film cassette holder (n/a for Ziehm Vision FD)

− Foot switch cover

2.6 Optional accessories (U.S.A.)

− Hand surgery table

− Universal film cassette holder

− C-arm power assist (→ Ch. 21, p. 21-1)

2-6 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 17: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

2 System Overview

2.7 Parts of the system

2.7.1 C-arm stand

Ziehm Vision

Fig. 2-1 Mobile C-arm stand of Ziehm Vision

Cable guards

Coupling cable connection

Hand switch

Handle

Steering & braking lever

Lifting column

Horizontal carriage

Vision Center control panel

C-arm

Cassette holder

X-ray generator

Image intensifier with integrated CCD camera

C-arm handle

Swivel arm

2-7Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 18: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

2 System Overview

Ziehm Vision FD

Fig. 2-2 Mobile C-arm stand of Ziehm Vision (Ziehm Vision FD)

Cable guards

Coupling cable connection

Hand switch

Handle

Steering & braking lever

Lifting column

Horizontal carriage

Vision Center control panel

C-arm

X-ray generator

Digital flat-panel detector

C-arm handle

Swivel arm

2-8 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 19: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

2 System Overview

2.7.2 Monitor cart

2.7.2.1 Monitor cart with 18.1" flat-screen monitors

Front view

Fig. 2-3 Monitor cart with 18.1" flat-screen monitors, front view

Rear view

Fig. 2-4 Monitor cart with 18.1" flat-screen monitors, rear view

Button panels for monitor settings

Control panel

Foot lever for braking and direction locking

Radiation warning lamp

Flat-screen monitors

Floppy disk driveCD writer or DVD writer

USB portVideo printer

Foot lever for braking and direction locking

Button panels for monitor settings

Spare earth ground connection

Equipotential grounding

Coupling cable connection

DICOM port (optional)

VIDEO OUT

DICOM port (optional)

Coupling cable support

Power cable support

Power supply connection

TX/RX connection

2-9Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 20: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

2 System Overview

On the rear side of each flat-screen monitor, there is an ON/OFF switch.

Movement of the flat-screen monitors

The flat-screen monitors are mounted on a pivot and can be swiveled by approx. 15° to the right or to the left.

2.7.2.2 Monitor cart with CRT monitors

Front view

Fig. 2-5 Monitor cart with CRT monitors, front view

ON OFF

CAUTIONAlways set the ON/OFF switches on the flat-screen monitors to ON in order to ensure that the monitors are switched on automatically during power-up of the system.

Foot lever for braking and direction locking

Radiation warning lamp

Twin monitors

Control panelFloppy disk

drive

CD writer or DVD writer

USB port Video printer

Foot lever for braking and direction locking

2-10 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 21: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

2 System Overview

Rear view

Fig. 2-6 Monitor cart with CRT monitors, rear view

2.7.3 Twin monitors

Monitor assignment

On the Ziehm Vision, the left monitor has been factory-set as the live monitor and the right monitor as the reference monitor.

During operation, the following images will be displayed on the screens:

− Live monitor: Live images and saved images, both as full-screen image

− Reference monitor: Thumbnail mosaic, reference images at full-screen size

Changing the monitor settings

You can change the monitor assignment in the Configuration operating mode under Basic Settings (→ Ch. 20.3.2, p. 20-9).

You can customize the contrast and brightness settings of the 18.1" flat-screen monitors (→ Ch. 2.7.4, p. 2-12) and of the CRT monitors (→ Ch. 9.2, p. 9-2 or → Ch. 14.3, p. 14-4).

Spare earth ground connection

Equipotential grounding

Coupling cable connection

DICOM port (optional)

VIDEO OUT

DICOM port (optional)

Coupling cable support

Power cable support

Power supply connection

TX/RX connection

NoteTo avoid confusion, the neutral terms ‘live monitor’ and ‘reference monitor’ are used throughout this manual, regardless of your custom setting.

2-11Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 22: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

2 System Overview

2.7.4 Monitor settings on a Ziehm Vision with flat-screen monitors

Monitor settings You can change the following monitor settings yourself:

− Brightness

− Contrast

− Backlight brightness

− Menu language for monitor settings

In addition, you can restore the factory settings.

The factory-set menu language is English.

The following monitor settings cannot be changed by the user:

− Video input (Inputs)

− Gamma

− Picture settings (Picture), e.g. vertical position/horizontal position, sharpness, scaling

− Menu setup (Setup), e.g. menu lock (exception: language setting)

If you want to change one or more of these monitor settings, please contact your service engineer.

2.7.4.1 Integrated button panel

Each flat-screen monitor (→ Fig. 2-3, p. 2-9) has an integrated button panel with six buttons, which are used for accessing the monitor setting menus.

Fig. 2-7 Integrated button panel of the flat-screen monitor

2.7.4.2 Setting the brightness, contrast and backlight brightness

Brightness To set the brightness of the monitor, do the following:• Press the Brightness/Contrast button.

The Brightness menu appears on the screen.

2-12 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 23: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

2 System Overview

• Press the + or – arrow button to increase or decrease the screen brightness.The settings become immediately valid on the monitor. After a few seconds, the Brightness menu disappears automatically.

ContrastTo set the contrast of the monitor, do the following:• Press the Brightness/Contrast button twice.

The Contrast menu appears on the screen.

• Press the + or – arrow button to increase or decrease the contrast.The settings become immediately valid on the monitor. After a few seconds, the Contrast menu disappears automatically.

Backlight brightness

To set the backlight brightness of the monitor, do the following:

• Press the Brightness/Contrast button three times.The Backlight Brightness menu appears on the screen.

• Press the + or – arrow button to increase or decrease the backlight brightness.The settings become immediately valid on the monitor. After a few seconds, the Backlight Brightness menu disappears automatically.

2-13Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 24: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

2 System Overview

2.7.4.3 Setting the menu language

The factory-set menu language is English. You can choose one of the following languages as menu language:

− German

− French

− Italian

− Spanish

− Dutch

− Swedish

To define the menu language, do the following:• Press the Menu button.

The menu selection window appears on the screen.

• Select the Setup menu with the help of the + or – arrow buttons.

• Move to the Language menu item with the help of the Scroll button.

• Press the + arrow button until the desired language is displayed.All menus and menu items are displayed immediately in the chosen language.

NoteLowering the backlight level will increase the backlight lifetime.

2-14 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 25: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

2 System Overview

• Press the Menu button.The menu selection window disappears.

2.7.4.4 Restoring the factory settings

After having changed the monitor settings, you may restore the factory-set values at any time.

To restore the factory settings, do the following:• Press the Menu button.

The menu selection window opens.

• Select the Defaults menu with the help of the + or – arrow buttons.

• Press the Scroll button.The Factory Defaults menu item is selected.

• Press the + arrow button.The menu selection window disappears. All settings are reset to the factory values.

2-15Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 26: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

2 System Overview

2.7.5 Video output

BNC socket A BNC socket which is used for video connection (VIDEO OUT) is located on the rear of the monitor cart.

VIDEO OUT The VIDEO OUT socket supplies a CCIR video signal of the live monitor image. The fluoroscopic image (live or stored) is available there for further processing by a video cassette recorder, an external monitor, a video printer, etc.

WARNINGSupplementary equipment used in combination with the Ziehm Vision must comply with the safety requirements according to IEC 60601-1 and/or IEC 60601-1-1 or furnish proof of an equivalent degree of safety.

To ensure CE conformity, these components must have a CE approval in accordance with Council Directive 93/42/EEC. In addition, a declaration in compliance with Article 12 of the said directive must be provided.

For components without CE approval, a conformity assessment procedure is obligatory.

If you combine the Ziehm Vision with equipment which does not comply with these requirements, the safety of the whole system is no longer given and the warranty will become invalid.

2-16 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 27: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Safety Instructions 33.1 General safety instructions

OperationOnly properly trained personnel are allowed to operate the system.

Operation (U.S.A.)The system may only be operated by properly trained personnel under the direction of a physician.

WARNINGYou must be familiar with the contents of this user manual in order to be able to operate the system as intended. Study this user manual thoroughly before operating the system.

It is important to observe all directions, safety instructions and warnings!

WARNINGSupplementary equipment used in combination with the Ziehm Vision must comply with the safety requirements according to IEC 60601-1 and/or IEC 60601-1-1 or furnish proof of an equivalent degree of safety.

To ensure CE conformity, these components must have a CE approval in accordance with Council Directive 93/42/EEC. In addition, a declaration in compliance with Article 12 of the said directive must be provided.

For components without CE approval, a conformity assessment procedure is obligatory.

If you combine the Ziehm Vision with equipment which does not comply with these requirements, the safety of the whole system is no longer given and the warranty will become invalid.

3-1Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 28: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

3 Safety Instructions

Assembly and service

Only authorized personnel are allowed to assemble the system and to provide technical service. The necessary qualifications can only be obtained by attending a training course provided by the manufacturer.

3.2 X-rays

General The system produces X-rays. If you do not observe the safety measures and precautions required by your local radiation protection regulatory body, these X-rays can be hazardous both to operating staff and other persons within the radiation zone of occupancy.

CAUTIONAlways observe the relevant regulations of the country of installation for putting the system into service, training of personnel and maintenance.

WARNINGNever use the system if you suspect any electrical or radiation-generating components to be defective!

WARNINGNever pull at the power cable or coupling cable of the monitor cart in order to move the cart to another position. Otherwise severe equipment damage may result.

WARNINGThe system may only be operated by personnel who has undergone radiological training.

WARNING (U.S.A.)The system may only be operated by properly trained personnel under the direction of a physician.

CAUTIONThe relevant safety regulations of the country of installation must be observed.

3-2 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 29: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

3 Safety Instructions

Protection of staffStaff members who stay within the radiation controlled area must wear X-ray protective clothing.

The radiation controlled area depends upon the size of the image intensifier installed and has the following radius:

− 23 cm i.i.: 4 m

− 31 cm i.i.: 4 m

(→ Fig. A-12, p. A-29)

− Digital flat-panel detector: 4 m

(→ Fig. A-13, p. A-30)

Protection of the patient

To minimize the radiation burden of the patient, you must keep the focus-skin distance as large as possible. The generator design guarantees a minimum focus-skin distance of 20 cm.

3.3 Electromagnetic compatibility

Medical electrical equipment requires special precautionary measures with respect to EMC and must be installed and put into service in accordance with the EMC guidelines contained in the accompanying documents.

Portable and mobile RF communications equipment may interfere with medical electrical equipment.

All operating modes of the system have been considered in the EMC tests. There are no exceptions to the rules.

WARNINGIn order to avoid unintentional radiation, the foot switch must be hung up on the foot switch support when the system is switched on, but not in use.

WARNINGIn order to avoid unintentional radiation, the foot switch must be hung up on the foot switch support when the system is switched on, but not in use.

WARNINGWhen you initiate radiation and no live image is displayed, although all necessary settings have definitely been made, please contact your after-sales service center!

3-3Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 30: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

3 Safety Instructions

Only conductors, connecting cables and accessories that are specified by the manufacturer may be used.

Please observe also the attached document Manufacturer’s Declaration regarding Electromagnetic Compatibility according to IEC 60601-1-2!

3.4 Protective grounding

The system must be connected only to power systems having a separate ground connection.

3.5 Equipotential grounding

Heart and brain examinations

If you use the system in combination with other equipment for examinations of the heart or brain or the surrounding anatomical regions, equipotential grounding is required for patient and operating staff safety (IEC 60601-1-1:1992/A1:1995).

WARNINGUsing components other than those specified may result in increased electromagnetic emissions or reduced electromagnetic immunity.

3-4 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 31: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

3 Safety Instructions

3.6 Laser radiation

Laser positioning device

As an option, the system may be equipped with a laser positioning device at the image intensifier and/or generator.

The laser positioning device uses diode laser modules which emit laser radiation. Do not under any circumstances look directly at the laser beam or any scattered laser radiation – either with the naked eye or with optical instruments.

The laser positioning device is a Class 2M laser product according to IEC 60825-1:2001-11. Make sure to comply with all operating safety precautions when using the laser positioning device.

The maximum output of continuous laser radiation, measured at the beam exit, is <1 mW. The wavelength of the emitted radiation is 635 nm.

MaintenanceThe laser positioning device is maintenance-free. Any adjustment or repair which might become necessary must be carried out by the manufacturer or a person who has been authorized to do so by the manufacturer.

Fig. 3-1 Laser beam apertures on the image intensifier (left) and on the generator (right) (Ziehm Vision)

WARNINGLASER RADIATION – DO NOT LOOK INTO THE BEAM!

Do not look directly with optical instruments into the laser beam apertures, since doing so can be hazardous to your eyes!

Please observe the provisions of IEC 60825-1:2001, Section 3, “User’s Guide” for operation of the laser positioning device.

Laser beam apertures

Laser beam apertures

3-5Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 32: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

3 Safety Instructions

Fig. 3-2 Laser beam apertures on the digital flat-panel detector (left) and on the generator (right) (Ziehm Vision FD)

3.7 Environmental compatibility

The system does not produce any waste during operation.

When the system has reached the end of its useful service life, the relevant waste disposal regulations must be observed.

Laser beam apertures

Laser beam aperture

Laser beam aperture

3-6 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 33: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Putting the System into Service 44.1 Unpacking the system

Detailed information

Detailed instructions of how to unpack and assemble the system are supplied with the system.

Room temperatureIn case of major differences in temperature, all parts of the system must have reached room temperature before the system is put into service in order to avoid damage to the system as a result of condensation.

WARNINGOnly authorized personnel (→ p. 1-2) are allowed to unpack and assemble the system.

During assembly, the system may be handled only by trained personnel who have studied the contents of Ch. 4, Putting the System into Service and Ch. 5, Mechanical Handling.

WARNINGThe cooling tank may have been emptied before shipping for transport temperatures below 0°C. In this case, you must refill the cooling tank with water with the help of the filler and vent hoses before putting the system into service.

WARNINGDo not operate the system until the equipment has reached a safe operating temperature of +15°C to +35°C with no condensation present. Otherwise severe equipment damage may result.

4-1Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 34: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

4 Putting the System into Service

4.2 Accessories

Depending on the integrated options, the following accessories are included in the scope of delivery:

Accessory item Qty.A

ll sy

stem

s

User Manual 2

Technical Manual 1

Specifications and Certificates (n/a for the U.S.A.)

1

Coupling cable (7.5 m) 1

Equipotential grounding cable (6 m) 1

Active Cooling

Filler and vent hose (1.5 m) 2

Instructions for “Filling of Cooling Agent into Ziehm Vision”

1

Opt

ions

Video printer

Operating instructions for video printer 1

Printer paper 1 roll

Printer transparent film (only Sony® UP-980)

1 roll

Video cassette recorder

Operating instructions for video cassette recorder

1

Video cassette S-VHS (240 min.) 1

CD writer

CD (640 MB) 1

DVD writer

DVD (4.7 GB) 1

USB port

USB storage device 1

DICOM

RJ45 interface with Cat.5 patch cable (10 m)

1

Fiber-optic connection (FOC):ST coupling, 10base-FL or 100base-FX

1

Table 4-1 Accessories

4-2 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 35: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

4 Putting the System into Service

4.3 Cable connections

GeneralBefore switching on the system for the first time, or after each transport, you must establish different cable connections.

To connect the various parts of the system, do the following:

• Unwind the coupling cable from the upper cable support on the back of the monitor cart (→ Fig. 2-6, p. 2-11 or → Fig. 2-4, p. 2-9).

• Plug the coupling cable connector into the socket located at the side of the C-arm stand and lock the connector (→ Fig. 2-1, p. 2-7).

• Make sure that a suitable supply voltage is available and that the socket-outlet is properly grounded and fused.

• Check the power plug on the monitor cart power cable (→ Fig. 2-6, p. 2-11 or → Fig. 2-4, p. 2-9) and the socket-outlet for compatibility.

• Connect the system to the power supply.

4.4 First power-up of the system

Preparation• Make sure that the inclination of the system does not exceed 5° from the level in operating position.

• Ensure that all electrical connections are properly established (→ Ch. 4.3, p. 4-3).

• Put on suitable protective clothing.• Switch on the system.

The buttons for switching the system on and off are located on the monitor cart behind the control panel on the left and on the left side of the C-arm stand next to the handle. Each of the two buttons switches on or off both system components simultaneously.

The default settings after power-up vary from system to system, according to the customer-specific setup.

WARNINGNever connect the monitor cart and C-arm stand when the monitor cart is already connected to the power supply or switched on.

Damage to the electronics of the system cannot be excluded if this warning is ignored!

4-3Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 36: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

4 Putting the System into Service

4.5 Setting up the system

Configuration You have the possibility to adjust various basic and operation settings so as to meet your special working requirements. If these settings have not already been made at the factory, you can make them yourself in the Configuration operating mode (→ Ch. 20, p. 20-1).

Entering the hospital data

In order to avoid having to enter the invariable hospital data (i.e., name of the hospital, department and doctor) again and again for each new patient, you can record this data once in the Configuration operating mode under Basic Settings (→ Ch. 20.3.3, p. 20-10). Each time you create a new patient folder (→ Ch. 10.2.1, p. 10-3), the hospital data which has been entered there will appear automatically in the corresponding fields.

CAUTIONZiehm Vision with USB port: Do not plug the USB storage device into the USB interface until the system has fully completed its power-up sequence.

NoteDue to background radiation, the Dose Area Product display (if enabled) may indicate some small value after power-up of the system.

NoteAs part of the power-up sequence, the radiation warning lamp may light up. This is a system test and does not mean that radiation is released.

4-4 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 37: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Mechanical Handling 55.1 Transport position

GeneralFor safety reasons, you must return both the C-arm stand and the monitor cart to their respective transport position before transporting them.

5.1.1 C-arm stand transport position

How to proceedTo return the C-arm stand to its transport position, do the following:

• Wind the foot switch cable onto the foot switch support and hang up the foot switch there.

• Rotate the C-arm orbitally until the image intensifier is positioned directly above the generator and secure it with the relevant brake (→ Fig. 5-1, p. 5-2 and → Fig. 5-5, p. 5-7).

• Put the swivel arm of the C-arm into an upright position and secure it with the relevant brake (→ Fig. 5-1, p. 5-2 and → Fig. 5-7, p. 5-8).

• Swivel the horizontal carriage into a central position and secure it with the relevant brake (→ Fig. 5-1, p. 5-2 and → Fig. 5-7, p. 5-8).

• Retract the horizontal carriage completely and secure it with the relevant brake (→ Fig. 5-1, p. 5-2 and → Fig. 5-11, p. 5-10).

• Lower the lifting column completely (→ Fig. 5-1, p. 5-2 and → Fig. 5-13, p. 5-12) using the UP/DOWN buttons.

• Switch off the system and disconnect the power cable from the power supply.

• Unlock the coupling cable connector on the C-arm stand and unplug the connector.

• Release the parking brake by lifting the steering & braking lever (→ Fig. 5-1, p. 5-2).

• If you want to move the C-arm stand over very soft or uneven floors (e.g. doorways), raise the cable guards on the wheels.

5-1Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 38: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

5 Mechanical Handling

Fig. 5-1 C-arm stand transport position (Ziehm Vision)

Fig. 5-1 C-arm stand transport position (Ziehm Vision FD)

5.1.2 Monitor cart transport position

To return the monitor cart to its transport position, do the following:

• Wind the power cable onto the lower cable support on the back of the monitor cart.

• Wind the coupling cable onto the upper cable support on the back of the monitor cart.

• If applicable, disconnect the equipotential grounding cable from the system ground.

Cable guards

Steering & braking lever

Lifting column

Swivel brake

Horizontal carriage + brake

Swivel arm + brake

C-arm + brake

Cable guards

Steering & braking lever

Lifting column

Swivel brake

Horizontal carriage + brake

Swivel arm + brake

C-arm + brake

5-2 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 39: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

5 Mechanical Handling

• Unlock the parking brake by pushing the foot levers on the front wheels with your foot into the middle position.

Fig. 5-2 Monitor cart transport position

Coupling cable support

Power cable support

CAUTIONDo not move the system over floors with an inclination of more than 10° from level during transport. This applies to both the C-arm stand and the monitor cart.

Exercise extreme caution when moving the mobile C-arm stand and the monitor cart over rough surfaces such as tile flooring, pavement, asphalt or carpet. Take care that the cable guards do not drag and the wheels do not catch or tilt causing damage to the equipment.

5-3Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 40: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

5 Mechanical Handling

5.2 Braking and steering the monitor cart

Brake On both front wheels of the monitor cart there is a foot lever which serves for locking and releasing the brake.

Fig. 5-3 Monitor cart front wheel

You can push the foot lever with your foot into three different positions:

− Lever in middle position:

The wheels can move freely, the brake is released

− Lever in lower position:

The wheels are locked, the brake is locked as well

− Lever in upper position:

You can move the monitor cart forward and backward.

Steering To steer the monitor cart, use the two lateral handles.

Foot lever for locking the wheel

5-4 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 41: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

5 Mechanical Handling

5.3 Braking and steering the C-arm stand

Steering & braking lever

The C-arm stand has a combined steering & braking lever. It is located at the rear end of the C-arm stand (→ Fig. 2-1, p. 2-7).

Parking brakeThe C-arm stand parking brake operates as follows:

− Steering & braking lever lowered:

Rear wheels are locked

− Steering & braking lever raised:

Rear wheels can move freely

SteeringTo steer the C-arm stand, do the following:

• Lift the steering & braking lever and turn it until reaching the desired position. The lever can be turned freely; however, detents are placed at 90° increments. The rear wheels will always stay parallel to one another aligned exactly in parallel with the steering & braking lever.− To maneuver the C-arm stand freely, ensure that the steering &

braking lever has engaged in its central position, pointing directly backward from the unit (→ Fig. 5-4, p. 5-6, left).

− To move the C-arm stand in an exactly-defined direction, rotate the steering & braking lever until it points toward the desired direction (→ Fig. 5-4, p. 5-6, right).

• Push the C-arm stand in the desired or predefined direction using the lateral handles, or use the hand rail around the image intensifier to pull the C-arm stand.

CAUTIONRelease the parking brake only to move or position the C-arm.

5-5Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 42: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

5 Mechanical Handling

Fig. 5-4 C-arm stand steering (schematic representation, view from above)

5.4 C-arm movements

Mechanical brakes The C-arm can be moved in virtually any plane. For each movement, a separate brake is available, allowing you to secure the C-arm in any position.

To release the corresponding brake, turn it counter-clockwise.

The limit stop of the brake handles can be adjusted individually. To do so, lift the spring-loaded brake handle, turn it until reaching the desired limit stop position and release it to re-engage it at the new position.

CAUTIONBefore moving the C-arm, make sure that there is nobody within its range of movement.

5-6 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 43: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

5 Mechanical Handling

5.4.1 Orbital rotation

The C-arm can be rotated orbitally by 115° (optionally 135° for 23 cm i.i.): –90° from vertical to horizontal position and +25° (optionally +45°) forward. A scale with 5° divisions on the outside of the C-arm as well as a mechanical detent at the ‘zero’ position are provided to facilitate precise positioning.

Fig. 5-5 Orbital rotation of the C-arm (Ziehm Vision)

WARNINGRelease the mechanical brakes only for positioning.

Take care to always seize the C-arm at its handle during any adjustment in order to prevent the C-arm from hitting the respective limit stop at full speed!

Take care not to place your hand in the C-arm guide rails when adjusting the C-arm.

Make sure that all mechanical brakes are locked when transporting the C-arm stand!

Angulation brake

Orbital rotation brake

5-7Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 44: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

5 Mechanical Handling

Fig. 5-6 Orbital rotation of the C-arm (Ziehm Vision FD)

5.4.2 Angulation

The C-arm can be rotated by ± 225° in the vertical plane around the horizontal axis (i.e., the horizontal carriage). A scale with 10° divisions is provided at the pivot joint of the horizontal carriage (except on 31 cm i.i. systems) to facilitate precise positioning.

Fig. 5-7 Angulation of the C-arm (Ziehm Vision)

Angulation brake

Orbital rotation brake

5-8 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 45: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

5 Mechanical Handling

Fig. 5-8 Angulation of the C-arm (Ziehm Vision FD)

The angulation brake is located on the horizontal carriage (→ Fig. 5-5, p. 5-7).

5.4.3 Swiveling (panning)

The C-arm can be swiveled 10° to the left or to the right around the vertical axis of the lifting column.

Fig. 5-9 Swiveling (panning) of the C-arm (Ziehm Vision, view from above)

Swivel brake

5-9Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 46: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

5 Mechanical Handling

Fig. 5-10 Swiveling (panning) of the C-arm (Ziehm Vision FD, view from above)

5.4.4 Horizontal movement

You can move the C-arm forward and backward by 22 cm in the horizontal plane by means of the horizontal carriage. A scale with 1 cm divisions is provided to facilitate precise positioning.

Fig. 5-11 Horizontal movement of the C-arm (Ziehm Vision)

Swivel brake

Horizontal movement brake

5-10 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 47: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

5 Mechanical Handling

Fig. 5-12 Horizontal movement of the C-arm (Ziehm Vision FD)

5.4.5 Vertical movement

The C-arm can be moved up and down by 43 cm. This movement is motorized. A scale with 1 cm divisions is provided on the lifting column to facilitate precise positioning.

The UP/DOWN buttons are on the C-arm stand next to the lateral handles. To move the C-arm up or down, you must press and hold down the corresponding UP/DOWN button.

Horizontal movement brake

CAUTIONBefore moving the C-arm up or down, make sure that it does not collide with any persons or objects!

5-11Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 48: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

5 Mechanical Handling

Fig. 5-13 Vertical movement of the C-arm (Ziehm Vision)

Fig. 5-14 Vertical movement of the C-arm (Ziehm Vision FD)

UP/DOWN buttons

UP/DOWN buttons

5-12 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 49: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Controls 66.1 Vision Center control panel

The Vision Center control panel is designed as a touch screen. For system operation, just press the desired button or option directly on the screen. Depending on the selected function, other controls (buttons, input boxes, displays, etc.) will appear on the screen.

Both the C-arm stand and the monitor cart have a control panel. The screens on both control panels are identical, enabling you to use any of them for system operation.

6.1.1 Elements of the control panel

Fig. 6-1 Elements of the control panel

There are three types of buttons:

− Buttons with a gray background: When you press one of these buttons, an action is executed immediately on the monitor, or a mode is activated. If a certain mode is active, the corresponding button is highlighted in yellow.

− Buttons with a gray background and a purple bar at the top: When you press one of these buttons, new controls appear in the dynamic control area, allowing you to make further settings.

Displays

Dynamic control area

Tabs for operating mode selection

Selected operating mode

Buttons

Warning symbols

Buttons

Title bar

6-1Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 50: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

6 Controls

− Buttons with a gray background and a green bar at the top: When you press one of these buttons, another mode or sub-mode is activated.

6.1.2 Controls in the Fluoroscopy and Subtraction operating modes

Fluoroscopy operating mode

In the Fluoroscopy operating mode, you can make different settings for fluoroscopies:

Fig. 6-2 Control panel in the Fluoroscopy operating mode

Control no.

Symbol(s) Meaning

B Continuous Pulse FluoroscopyActivates the continuous pulse fluoroscopy mode and displays the pulse rate setting controls in the dynamic control area.

C High QualityActivates the high quality supplementary function.

Caution: Reduce radiation time!

D SnapshotActivates the snapshot mode.

Table 6-1 Controls in the Fluoro operating mode

B

C 1)

D

E

F

G

H

I J

1! 1@

1# 1$

1% 1^

1&

1*

1(

2)

2!

2@

2#

2$

2%

2^

2&

2*

2(

3)

3!

3@

3#

3$

3%

3^ 3& 3* 3( 4) 4! 4@ 4#

4$ 4% 4^ 4& 4* 4(5) 5!

6-2 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 51: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

6 Controls

E Manual Exposure Rate SettingEnables manual setting of tube voltage and tube current.

Caution: Use only in exceptional cases!

F Large PatientActivates the large patient supplementary function.

G CineActivates or deactivates the cine loop mode.

H Image SwappingSwaps the images between the live and reference monitors.

I Rotate Image CWRotates the image in clockwise direction.

Ziehm Vision FD: As soon as the image is rotated, it assumes a circular shape.

J Rotate Image CCWRotates the image in counter-clockwise direction.

Ziehm Vision FD: As soon as the image is rotated, it assumes a circular shape.

1) Rotate Image to 0°Resets the angle of rotation of the image in one step to 0°.

1! Reverse Up/DownMirrors the image vertically around the horizontal axis.

1@ Reverse Left/RightMirrors the image horizontally around the vertical axis.

1# Close Iris CollimatorCloses the iris collimator.

1$ Open Iris Collimator FullyFully opens the iris collimator in one step.

Control no.

Symbol(s) Meaning

Table 6-1 Controls in the Fluoro operating mode (cont.)

6-3Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 52: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

6 Controls

1% Close Vertical Slot CollimatorCloses the slot collimator.

When you press the Close Vertical Slot Collimator button, the buttons for opening and rotating the collimator appear on the control panel:

Open Vertical Slot CollimatorOpens the slot collimator.

Rotate Vertical Slot Collimator CWRotates the slot collimator in clockwise direction.

Rotate Vertical Slot Collimator CCWRotates the slot collimator in counter-clockwise direction.

1^ Open Vertical Slot Collimator FullyFully opens the vertical slot collimator in one step.

1& Rotate Vertical Slot Collimator to 0°Resets the vertical slot collimator in one step to 0°.

1* BonesActivates the anatomical program for visualizing any part of the skeleton.

1( HeartActivates the anatomical program for visualizing the heart and thorax region.

2) AbdomenActivates the anatomical program for visualizing the abdominal region.

2! MetalActivates the metal artifact correction supplementary function.

2@ RepositionActivates the reposition supplementary function.

2# SoftActivates the anatomical program for visualizing soft tissues.

2$ Up ArrowDisplays the image with the next higher number in the active patient folder at full-screen size.

Control no.

Symbol(s) Meaning

Table 6-1 Controls in the Fluoro operating mode (cont.)

6-4 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 53: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

6 Controls

2% Down ArrowDisplays the image with the next lower number in the active patient folder at full-screen size.

2^ SaveSaves the active image to the hard disk.

2& LaserActivates or deactivates the laser positioning device(s).

2* FilterShows or hides the controls for raw image processing (recursive filter, edge filter, stack filter) in the dynamic control area.

2( VCRDisplays the controls for operating the video cassette recorder in the dynamic control area.

3)

Magnify (n/a for Ziehm Vision FD)Shows or hides the controls for setting the image intensifier’s electronic magnification in the dynamic control area. The buttons always show the current image magnification level.

3! ZoomShows or hides the controls for setting the zoom function in the dynamic control area.

3@ Contrast/BrightnessShows or hides the monitor setting controls and the contrast and brightness (windowing) controls in the dynamic control area.

3# Print Live Monitor ImagePrints the image displayed on the live monitor on the video printer.

3$ TextActivates the text mode.

3% Grayscale InversionDisplays the active (positive) image with a negative grayscale or vice versa.

Control no.

Symbol(s) Meaning

Table 6-1 Controls in the Fluoro operating mode (cont.)

6-5Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 54: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

6 Controls

3^ Fluoro

Activates the Fluoroscopy operating mode, which is used for performing standard fluoroscopies.

3& Subtraction

Activates the Subtraction operating mode, which is used for generating DSA, MSA and RSA images.

3* Radiography (n/a for Ziehm Vision FD)

Activates the Radiography operating mode, which is used for making direct radiographies.

3( Patient

Activates the Patient operating mode, which is used for managing patient data.

4) Post Proc.

Activates the Post Process operating mode, which is used for post-processing saved images.

4! Measure

Activates the Measurement operating mode, which is used for measuring distances and angles in saved images.

4@ Archive

Activates the Archive operating mode, which is used for managing saved images.

4# Config

Activates the Configuration operating mode, which is used for adjusting the operation settings and the basic settings and for deleting data on storage media.

4$ Voltage display

Shows the automatically determined or manually set tube voltage in kV.

After fluoroscopy, the last kV value remains stored.

Control no.

Symbol(s) Meaning

Table 6-1 Controls in the Fluoro operating mode (cont.)

6-6 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 55: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

6 Controls

4% Current display

Shows the automatically determined tube current in mA.

After fluoroscopy, the last mA value remains stored.

4^ Pulsewidth % display

Shows the current pulse width.

4& Pulses /s display

Shows the current pulse rate.

4* Dose Area Product display

Shows the dose area product for the active patient folder in cGy × cm2, if the system is equipped with a dose measurement chamber.

4( Radiation Time display

Shows the accumulated radiation time for fluoroscopies and direct radiographies for the active patient folder in minutes and seconds.

5)

Temperature symbolShows the thermal conditions in the generator.

5!

X-ray symbolLights up yellow during X-ray exposure (fluoroscopy and direct radiography).

Control no.

Symbol(s) Meaning

Table 6-1 Controls in the Fluoro operating mode (cont.)

6-7Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 56: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

6 Controls

Subtraction operating mode

The Subtraction operating mode screen is to a large extent identical to the Fluoroscopy operating mode screen. Instead of the Soft and Metal buttons, it shows the DSA button:

Fig. 6-3 Control panel in the Subtraction operating mode

Unavailable controls

Controls which are not required in a certain operating situation (e.g. playback of a saved cine loop) are automatically locked, i.e. they are not available.

Control no.

Symbol(s) Meaning

5@ DSADisplays the controls for the DSA subtraction mode settings in the dynamic control area.

Table 6-2 Additional controls in the Subtraction operating mode

5@

6-8 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 57: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

6 Controls

Alphanumeric keypad

In the Patient, Text, Archive Search, Archive Backup and Configuration operating modes, an alphanumeric keypad is displayed, allowing you to enter texts.

Fig. 6-4 Alphanumeric keypad displayed on the Vision Center control panel

Uppercase letters and special characters

To generate uppercase letters and special characters, first press and release the Shift key and then the corresponding key.

The Shift key is valid for one subsequent letter or special character.

If you want to type several consecutive uppercase letters or special characters, press the Caps Lock key before entering the letters or characters. To deactivate the Caps Lock mode, press the Caps Lock key once again.

To generate a blank space, press the Space key.

6.2 Switches on the unit

Both the C-arm stand and the monitor cart have buttons for switching the system on or off (→ Fig. 7-1, p. 7-2).

On the C-arm stand, there are two buttons with arrows (UP/DOWN), which are used for lifting and lowering the C-arm on its mobile stand.

NoteIt is not possible to press two keys on the keypad simultaneously. To combine a key with the Shift key, first press and release the Shift key and then the desired key.

6-9Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 58: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

6 Controls

6.3 Hand switch and foot switch

General The Ziehm Vision is equipped with a hand switch and a two-pedal foot switch.

Hand switch

Fig. 6-5 Hand switch

Two-pedal foot switch

.

Fig. 6-6 Two-pedal foot switch

Radiation is initiated either with the hand switch or the fluoroscopy pedal of the foot switch.

The default pedal assignment of the two-pedal foot switch is as follows:

− Left pedal: Fluoroscopy

− Right pedal: Save image (→ Ch. 8.7, p. 8-10)

NoteThe foot switch pedals are able to be assigned with customer-specific functions. If this is the case, the respective functions are indicated on labels on the foot switch itself and on the C-arm stand.

6-10 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 59: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Switching the System On 77.1 Preparing the system

GeneralBefore switching on the system, e.g. after a transport, you must connect the two system components to each other and also connect the whole system to the power supply.

To prepare the unit, do the following:

• Unwind the coupling cable from the upper cable support on the back of the monitor cart (→ Fig. 2-6, p. 2-11 or → Fig. 2-4, p. 2-9).

• Plug the coupling cable connector into the socket located at the side of the C-arm stand and lock the connector (→ Fig. 2-1, p. 2-7).

• Make sure that a suitable supply voltage is available and that the socket-outlet is properly grounded and fused.

• Check the power plug on the monitor cart power cable (→ Fig. 2-6, p. 2-11 or → Fig. 2-4, p. 2-9) and the socket-outlet for compatibility.

• Connect the system to the power supply.

• Make sure that the inclination of the system does not exceed 5° from the level in operating position.

• Put on suitable protective clothing.

WARNINGNever connect the monitor cart and C-arm stand when the monitor cart is already connected to the power supply or switched on.

Damage to the electronics of the system cannot be excluded if this warning is ignored!

7-1Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 60: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

7 Switching the System On

7.2 Switching the system on

Both the C-arm stand and the monitor cart have buttons for switching the system on or off (→ Fig. 7-1, p. 7-2). Each of the two buttons switches on or off both system components simultaneously.

Fig. 7-1 ON/OFF switches on the C-arm stand (left) and on the monitor cart (right)

To switch on the system, do the following:• Press the ON switch.

The system is switched on. The ON switch is illuminated now.

Customer-specific initial settings

The default settings after power-up vary from system to system, according to the customer-specific setup. You may e.g. choose your preferred start screen yourself (→ Ch. 20.2.4, p. 20-5).

Furthermore, you may choose to have a certain anatomical program and various live image settings (→ Ch. 9, p. 9-1) preset as default after power-up. You cannot make these presettings yourself.

• Please contact your service engineer if you wish to make or modify the initial settings.

CAUTIONZiehm Vision with USB port: Do not plug the USB storage device into the USB interface until the system has fully completed its power-up sequence.

NoteDue to background radiation, the Dose Area Product display (if enabled) may indicate some small value after power-up of the system.

NoteAs part of the power-up sequence, the radiation warning lamp may light up. This is a system test and does not mean that radiation is released.

7-2 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 61: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

7 Switching the System On

7.3 EMERGENCY STOP button

There is an EMERGENCY STOP button on both the C-arm stand and the monitor cart of the Ziehm Vision, enabling you to switch off all electrical functions of the unit in case of emergencies.

To switch off the system in an emergency situation, do the following:

• Fully press down the EMERGENCY STOP button.The EMERGENCY STOP button is locked in this position. The system switches off immediately. All electrical functions of the system are disabled.

• To unlock the EMERGENCY STOP button, press the red knob of the EMERGENCY STOP button with a slight twist.The unit remains switched off. You can switch the unit back on with the ON switch.

NoteIf the system cannot be switched on, the EMERGENCY STOP button may have been actuated inadvertently, e.g. during a transport. Check whether the EMERGENCY STOP button is locked and unlock it if applicable.

7-3Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 62: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

7 Switching the System On

7.4 Key switch

The Ziehm Vision monitor cart is equipped with a key switch. Depending on your chosen configuration, it is used for locking either the entire system (Power on) or only the radiation function (X-ray on/off) of the unit. This allows you to prevent unauthorized persons from switching on the unit or initiating radiation.

Fig. 7-3 Key switch for locking the entire system (left) or the radiation function (right), Lock position

Power on With the Power on key switch you can completely switch off the unit (equivalent to OFF switch) and lock it. When you remove the key while it is in the Lock position, the Ziehm Vision can no longer be switched on with the ON switch.

To be able to switch on and operate the Ziehm Vision, you must first insert the key and turn it to the Unlock position. While in the Unlock position, the key cannot be removed.

X-Ray on/off With the X-Ray on/off key switch, you can lock the radiation function of the unit. When you remove the key while it is in the Lock position, it is possible to switch on the Ziehm Vision and to use functions such as patient data management or image postprocessing. However, it is not possible to initiate radiation with the hand or foot switch.

To be able to initiate radiation, you must first insert the key and turn it to the Unlock position. While in the Unlock position, the key cannot be removed.

7-4 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 63: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Standard Fluoroscopic Operations 88.1 Overview

Steps and settingsTo perform a standard fluoroscopy, you must always make the following steps and settings:

• Create a new patient folder in the Patient operating mode, or activate the desired patient folder in the Patient or Archive operating mode.

• Select the desired fluoroscopy mode in the Fluoroscopy or Subtraction operating mode. If you have not activated a patient folder before, the system automatically creates and activates a patient folder.

• Select the fluoroscopy program.

• Generate the fluoroscopic image.

• Save the fluoroscopic image.

• Print out the fluoroscopic image, if desired.

8-1Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 64: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

8 Standard Fluoroscopic Operations

8.2 Fluoroscopy modes

Fluoroscopy modes

During fluoroscopy, radiation is interrupted at certain intervals (pulsed). The length (pulse width) and frequency (pulse rate) of the radiation interval are preset for each anatomical program and are displayed on the control panel.

The Ziehm Vision provides two different pulsed fluoroscopy modes:

− Continuous pulse fluoroscopy (→ Ch. 8.2.1, p. 8-2)

− Digital radiography (snapshot) (→ Ch. 8.2.2, p. 8-4)

Anatomical programs

Both fluoroscopy modes work with automatic exposure rate control (AERC), unless manual exposure rate setting has been selected explicitly by the user (→ Ch. 8.3, p. 8-5).

The tube voltage and the tube current are adjusted automatically, taking into account the selected fluoroscopy program (→ Ch. 8.4, p. 8-7) as well as the thickness and structure of the object.

Automatic exposure rate control (AERC) reduces the radiation burden of both patient and operating staff to a minimum and prevents overexposure of the screened body region.

8.2.1 Continuous pulse fluoroscopy

In continuous pulse fluoroscopy mode, the system emits radiation pulses as long as you press the radiation switch.

Pulse rate You may adjust the pulse rate. The lower the pulse rate setting, the lower the radiation dose.

Pulse width The pulse width is indicated in percent and cannot be modified. A pulse width of 100% corresponds to 40 ms (U.S.A.: 30 ms).

Pulse settings for anatomical programs

The pulse width and pulse rate for each anatomical program are preset in the Configuration operating mode under Service Settings. You cannot make these presettings yourself.

• Please contact your service engineer if you wish to set or modify the pulse width and/or pulse rate values for one or more anatomical programs.

8-2 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 65: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

8 Standard Fluoroscopic Operations

To generate an image in the continuous pulse fluoroscopy mode, do the following:• Press the Continuous Pulse Fluoroscopy button.

The preset pulse width and pulse rate for the selected anatomical program are indicated on the Pulsewidth % and Pulses /s displays on the control panel.

The pulse rate setting buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 8-2 Pulse rate setting (on systems with a nominal frequency of 60 Hz)

• Press the button for the desired pulse rate, e.g. 2 pulses / s.

• Initiate radiation.

Filter factorsFor each individual anatomical program, certain filter factors can be preset for the continuous pulse fluoroscopy mode. This is done in the Configuration operating mode under Service Settings. You cannot make these presettings yourself.

• Please contact your service engineer if you wish to set or modify the filter factors for one or more anatomical programs.

8-3Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 66: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

8 Standard Fluoroscopic Operations

8.2.2 Digital radiography (snapshot)

In snapshot mode, the radiation time does not depend on how long you press the radiation switch. For each anatomical program, a specific AERC characteristic is stored on the system for the digital radiography mode. The fluoroscopy parameters are adjusted using the respective AERC characteristic, and radiation is terminated automatically afterwards.

The pulse rate setting buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area. You cannot make any further settings with these buttons, though.

Fields of application

The snapshot mode is suitable for examinations involving no patient movement. The aim of snapshot mode is to generate high-quality static images, e.g. for printing / documentation purposes.

To generate an image in the snapshot mode, do the following:• Press the Snapshot button.

• Initiate radiation.

• To deactivate the snapshot mode, press the Continuous Pulse Fluoroscopy button.

Filter factors For each individual anatomical program, certain filter factors can be preset for the snapshot mode. This is done in the Configuration operating mode under Service Settings. You cannot make these presettings yourself.

• Please contact your service engineer if you wish to set or modify the filter factors for one or more anatomical programs.

NoteWhen you activate the snapshot mode, the Cine button disappears from the control panel.

8-4 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 67: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

8 Standard Fluoroscopic Operations

8.3 Manual exposure rate setting

The tube voltage and the tube current are usually adjusted automatically by the system’s automatic exposure rate control. You may, however, set the exposure rate also manually, if necessary.

To generate an image in the manual exposure rate setting mode, do the following:• Select the desired anatomical program (→ Ch. 8.4.1, p. 8-7).

• Select one of the fluoroscopy modes with automatic exposure rate control:− Continuous pulse fluoroscopy

or

− Snapshot

(→ Ch. 8.2, p. 8-2).

• Initiate radiation for a brief moment.

• Press the Manual Exposure Rate Setting button.The kV value which has been automatically determined is saved for subsequent fluoroscopies, and the system switches to the manual mode.

The setting buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area.

WARNINGTo protect the health of patients and staff against high radiation doses, the manual dose rate setting mode remains blocked until you have initiated radiation in one of the fluoroscopy modes with automatic exposure rate control at least once.

Only use the manual exposure rate setting mode in exceptional circumstances. The automatic exposure rate control provides optimum image quality while minimizing the dose rate.

or

8-5Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 68: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

8 Standard Fluoroscopic Operations

Fig. 8-3 Settings in the manual exposure rate setting mode

• Select the desired kV and mA values using the Up Arrow and Down Arrow buttons. Each time you press an arrow button, the value is increased/decreased by 1 kV or 0.1 mA.

• Initiate radiation.

To deactivate the manual exposure rate setting mode, do the following:• Press the Manual Exposure Rate Setting button.

or

• Press the Off button in the dynamic control area.The manual exposure rate setting mode is deactivated.

or

8-6 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 69: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

8 Standard Fluoroscopic Operations

8.4 Fluoroscopy programs

8.4.1 Anatomical programs

The following anatomical programs are available:

BonesThe Bones anatomical program is optimized for visualizing any part of the human skeleton. It is used mainly in orthopedics.

HeartThe Heart anatomical program is optimized for visualizing the heart and the thorax. It is used e.g. in heart surgery or also dilatations in the heart region.

AbdomenThe Abdomen anatomical program is optimized for visualizing any anatomical structure in the abdominal region. It is used e.g. in urology, for cholangiographies and for preparing dilatations and stent implantations.

SoftThe Soft anatomical program is optimized for visualizing soft tissues. It is used e.g. for foreign body localization and for visualization of syringe needles and skin contours.

To activate an anatomical program, do the following:

• Press the button for the desired anatomical program. The button is highlighted in yellow.

The anatomical program remains active until you choose another program.

If required, a number of supplementary functions can be combined with any anatomical program:

− Metal artifact correction (→ Ch. 8.4.2, p. 8-8)

− Reposition (→ Ch. 8.4.3, p. 8-8)

− High Quality (→ Ch. 8.4.4, p. 8-8)

− Large Patient (→ Ch. 8.4.5, p. 8-9)

Filter factorsFor each of these anatomical programs, certain filter factors can be preset. This done in the Configuration operating mode under Service Settings. You cannot make these presettings yourself.

• Please contact your service engineer if you wish to set or modify the filter factors.

8-7Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 70: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

8 Standard Fluoroscopic Operations

8.4.2 Metal artifact correction function

The metal artifact correction function corrects a possible flaring of the fluoroscopic image resulting from metal objects in the beam path and increases contrast at tube voltages above 50 kV.

The metal artifact correction function can be combined with any anatomical program.

To activate the metal artifact correction function, do the following:

• Press the Metal button.The button is highlighted in yellow.

To deactivate the metal artifact correction function, do the following:

• Press the Metal button again.The button returns to its gray color, and the metal artifact correction function is deactivated.

8.4.3 Reposition function

The reposition function uses special filter settings to reduce motion blurring in the fluoroscopic images.

The reposition function can be combined with any anatomical program.

To activate the reposition function, do the following:

• Press the Reposition button.The button is highlighted in yellow.

To deactivate the reposition function, do the following:

• Press the Reposition button again.The button returns to its gray color, and the reposition function is deactivated.

8.4.4 High quality function

The high quality function further enhances the image quality.

The high quality function can be combined with any anatomical program. In the DSA and cine loop mode, the high quality function is automatically activated. If you activate the high quality function in another mode and initiate radiation, an audible alarm sounds.

Keep the radiation time as short as possible, since the high quality function uses a higher radiation dose.

8-8 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 71: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

8 Standard Fluoroscopic Operations

To activate the high quality function, do the following:

• Press the High Quality button.The button is highlighted in yellow. When you initiate radiation, an audible alarm sounds.

To deactivate the high quality function, do the following:

• Press the Continuous Pulse Fluoroscopy button.The button returns to its gray color, and the high quality function is deactivated.

8.4.5 Large patient function

The large patient function enables screening of patients of heavy built. The large patient function can be combined with any anatomical program.

To activate the large patient function, do the following:• Press the Large Patient button.

The button is highlighted in yellow.

To deactivate the large patient function, do the following:

• Press the Continuous Pulse Fluoroscopy button.The button returns to its gray color, and the large patient function is deactivated.

8.5 Screen display during radiation

Fluoroscopic image

While radiation is active, the current fluoroscopic image is displayed on the live screen.

When you terminate radiation (by releasing the hand or foot switch), the last fluoroscopic image is displayed on the live monitor (Last Image Hold).

This image remains displayed until it is replaced by a new fluoroscopic image.

Fluoroscopy parameters

During the exposure, the tube voltage and the tube current are determined by the system, and the values are shown on the Voltage and Current displays of the control panel.

8-9Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 72: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

8 Standard Fluoroscopic Operations

Optical signals During the exposure (fluoroscopy or direct radiography), the yellow radiation warning lamp on the monitor cart and the X-ray symbol on the control panel are illuminated. (→ Ch. 6.1.1, p. 6-1).

8.6 Dose area product

The dose area product is saved for each patient folder and updated with each exposure, so that you can always see the total dose received by a patient until now. This also includes the dose area product for images which have not been saved.

Display on the control panel

When you activate a patient folder and switch to the Fluoroscopy or Subtraction operating mode, the total dose received by the patient until now is shown in the Dose Area Product display.

Image information on the monitor

When you generate a new fluoroscopic image or open a saved image, the total dose area product for the active patient folder is displayed on the monitor (→ Ch. 16.2.4, p. 16-3).

8.7 Saving

Image number Each saved image automatically receives an image number. These image numbers are assigned and incremented consecutively for each separate patient folder.

Unsaved images (those without a number) will be replaced by a new fluoroscopic image during the next fluoroscopy.

Default foot switch assignment

Usually the save image function is assigned to the right pedal of the two-pedal foot switch. Depending on the customer-specific configuration, the foot switch pedals may be programmed with other functions and are labeled accordingly in this case.

CAUTIONWhen the hard disk is full, the oldest patient folder will be overwritten without warning.

Before saving an image, make sure that there is enough free hard disk space, and regularly back up the patient folders which are still needed on external storage media or on a network.

8-10 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 73: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

8 Standard Fluoroscopic Operations

To save the last image displayed on the live monitor to the active patient folder, do the following:• Press the Save button.

or

• If the right foot switch pedal is programmed with the save image function:Press the right pedal of the two-pedal foot switch.

During the save operation, the save symbol is displayed on the live monitor.

When the save operation has been completed, the image number is displayed on the monitor (→ Ch. 16.2.2, p. 16-1).

AutostoreYou can configure the Ziehm Vision so that during each fluoroscopy a new image will be saved automatically as soon as you terminate radiation (autostore).

To activate the autostore function, do the following:• Press the Save button for approx. 2 seconds.

The autostore function is activated. The Save button is highlighted in yellow. During each subsequent fluoroscopy, a new image is automatically saved as soon as you terminate radiation.

To deactivate the autostore function, do the following:• Press the Save button briefly.

The button returns to its gray color, and the autostore function is deactivated.

Alternatively, you can activate and deactivate the autostore function in the Configuration operating mode under Operation Settings (→ Ch. 20.2.2, p. 20-3).

Auto-delete function

When you attempt to save an image and there is not enough hard disk space left, the patient folders and/or images on the hard disk will be overwritten automatically and without confirmation prompt in the following order:

• First, the oldest patient folder is overwritten. If there is still not enough disk space for the save operation, then the second oldest, third oldest, etc., patient folder are deleted. However, the active patient folder is never deleted.

• If a patient folder contains one or more protected images, only the unprotected images are deleted, but not the protected images or the folder itself.

or

2

8-11Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 74: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

8 Standard Fluoroscopic Operations

• If it is not possible to free up enough space on the hard disk for the save operation due to the large number of protected images, an audible alarm sounds and the following alert message appears on the control panel:Not enough space on hard disk.

Required: xyz. Available: xyz.

The save operation is aborted.

Cine loop When you attempt to generate a cine loop, the system will check whether the remaining hard disk space is sufficient for the selected number of images (→ Ch. 12.2, p. 12-1). If disk space is insufficient, the unprotected patient folders and/or images are deleted in the above order. If this does not free up sufficient disk space either, no cine loop is acquired.

8.8 Printing the live monitor image

The print live monitor image function is available in the following operating modes: Fluoroscopy, Subtraction, Post Process, Measurement and Archive. This function is only enabled if the monitor cart is equipped with a video printer. The function always prints out the image which is displayed at full-screen size on the live monitor.

The text information that is displayed on the screen together with the image (name of the patient, angle of rotation of the image, etc.) will appear as a text block on a gray background at the left margin of the printout.

If you have performed measurements in an image and saved them subsequently, the measured values are printed on a second page.

To print out the live monitor image on the video printer, do the following:• Press the Print Live Monitor Image button.

The image displayed on the live monitor is printed.

NoteIf more than 75% of the hard disk is full, the exact percentage of used hard disk space will be displayed on the screen during power-up of the system. This gives you an approximate idea of the remaining hard disk space.

8-12 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 75: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

8 Standard Fluoroscopic Operations

8.9 Warning signals and faults

8.9.1 Permanent warning during radiation

Active radiation (both during fluoroscopy and direct radiography) is indicated by two optical signals:

− The yellow radiation warning lamp on the monitor cart is illuminated.

− The X-ray symbol on the control panel is illuminated.

8.9.2 Interval warning during radiation

Warning functionIn order to prevent radiation from being accidentally generated over a long time, the system has a warning function. After each 5 minutes of elapsed total radiation time per patient, the system issues the following interval warning:

− After 4 min. 55 sec., the following message appears on the control panel:

The radiation time is 5 minutes. Switch off alarm?

− 5 seconds later, an audible alarm sounds.

You can see the total radiation time for the active patient folder on the Radiation Time display.

To switch off the alarm, do the following:• In the message window

The radiation time is 5 minutes. Switch off alarm?

press the Yes button.

The audible alarm is not started or stops (if it is already sounding). The total radiation time remains displayed.

CAUTIONIf you do not switch off the alarm after 30 seconds max., radiation will be terminated automatically.

8-13Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 76: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

8 Standard Fluoroscopic Operations

8.9.3 Temperature monitoring

The thermal conditions in the generator are indicated by the Temperature symbol.

Active Cooling During power-up of the system, the cooling pump is switched on automatically. This function significantly prolongs the time until the generator reaches its shutdown temperature.

8.9.4 Error and alert messages

In the event of faults, the corresponding error and alert messages are displayed as text in a message window on the control panel. Error and alert messages always start with the letter E.

At the same time, an audible alarm sounds.

For a detailed explanation of the messages, please refer to → Appendix A.3.2, p. A-8.

• In case of faults, please communicate the fault code number and the serial number of the system to your after-sales service center.

• To close a message window which displays an error or alert message, press the Yes button.

8-14 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 77: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Adjusting Live Images 99.1 Overview

Individual adjustment

The Ziehm Vision offers the following functions for adjusting the appearance of the live image to your individual needs:

• Contrast/Brightness:Monitor settings

• Contrast/Brightness:Contrast and brightness adjustment of individual images (windowing)

• Filter:Recursive filter, stack filter and edge filter

• Magnify:Electronic image magnification

• Zoom:To enlarge a selected image detail

• Grayscale Inversion:To display an image with negative grayscale

• Iris Collimator

• Vertical Slot Collimator

• Image Swapping:To move an image to the other monitor

9-1Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 78: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

9 Adjusting Live Images

• Reverse Up/Down:Vertical image reversal

• Reverse Left/Right:Horizontal image reversal

• Image Rotation

• Text:Text functions (→ Ch. 16, p. 16-1)

Any adjustments (except texts) which are applied to a live image on the live monitor remain valid for all subsequent live images until you choose other settings.When you save an image, it will be saved with all rotations, reversals, filter settings, texts and markers, etc. All these modifications (except texts) are visible when the image is displayed as a thumbnail in the mosaic.

9.2 Contrast and brightness settings for the CRT monitors

Function You can adjust the contrast and brightness of both monitors. These settings affect any image or thumbnail image mosaic displayed on the monitors and remain in force until you make new monitor settings or restart the system.

Initial settings You can preset the initial monitor settings which are valid after power-up of the system for both monitors in the Configuration operating mode under Monitor / Dose (→ Ch. 20.4, p. 20-11).

9-2 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 79: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

9 Adjusting Live Images

Fig. 9-1 Monitor settings and step windowing

To adjust the contrast and brightness of both monitors, do the following:• Press the Contrast/Brightness button.

The monitor setting buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 9-2 Monitor setting and step windowing buttons

• Use the arrow buttons to set the desired brightness and contrast.The new settings are reflected immediately on both monitors.

• If you want to restore the initial settings, press the Home button.Contrast and brightness are reset to the initial settings. Step windowing is reset to step 0.

• Press the Contrast/Brightness button.The monitor setting buttons disappear from the dynamic control area.

9-3Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 80: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

9 Adjusting Live Images

Ambient light sensor

The Ziehm Vision is equipped with an ambient light sensor. The sensor works automatically, so you do not need to activate it explicitly. The screen brightness is continuously readjusted to match any change in ambient light conditions during operation. The readjustment procedure is quite slow (up to 1 minute in duration) in order to suppress monitor flickering.

Proper functioning of the ambient light sensor can be checked in the Configuration operating mode (→ Ch. 20.4, p. 20-11).

9.3 Contrast and brightness adjustment of individual images (windowing)

Function The Windowing function allows you to adjust the contrast and brightness of the image on the live monitor. These settings affect any newly-acquired live image which is displayed on the live monitor and remain in force until you make new windowing settings. When you save the live image, the corresponding windowing values are saved together with the image.

After activating the windowing function, you can select a number of gray levels, which are then stretched over the entire range of 1024 gray levels of the original image on the live monitor. To achieve this effect, you adjust the width and the level of the so-called contrast window.

The number of gray levels defines the width of the contrast window. The width of the contrast window affects the image contrast. 1024 gray levels correspond to the value W 100 on the Ziehm Vision.

The position of the selected gray levels on the original image grayscale (ranging from 0 to 1024 gray levels) defines the level of the contrast window. The level of the contrast window affects the image brightness.

Example:You select all gray levels between 325 and 875. These gray levels are then mapped (stretched) to the range of 0 to 1024 gray levels in the processed image. This enhances the contrast.Gray levels 0 to 324 of the original image are displayed as black, and gray levels 876 to 1024 of the original image are displayed as white. This means that the processed image is darker than the original image.

There are two different windowing modes available:

− Standard windowing:

The standard windowing mode allows you to freely choose the level and width of the contrast window.

− Step windowing:

With step windowing, you choose between several predefined windowing steps. These steps are preset and cannot be modified.

9-4 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 81: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

9 Adjusting Live Images

The chosen windowing values are shown on the monitor as W X for the width and L X for the level.

To set the brightness and contrast in standard windowing mode, do the following:• Press the Contrast/Brightness button.

The monitor setting buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 9-3 Monitor setting and step windowing buttons

• Press the WNDW button.The windowing setting buttons appear.

Fig. 9-4 Buttons for standard windowing

• Under Width, set the number of gray levels using the arrow buttons.The chosen width is indicated by the length of the blue bar in the dynamic control area. The changes are reflected immediately in the image on the live monitor.

• Under Level, set the brightness range using the arrow buttons.The chosen level is indicated by the position of the slider in the dynamic control area. The changes are reflected immediately in the image on the live monitor.

• If you want to restore the factory settings (level 50, width 100), press the Home button.

NoteWhen you change the windowing values of a single cine loop image, the change will apply to all images of the respective cine loop.

9-5Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 82: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

9 Adjusting Live Images

To set the brightness and contrast with step windowing, do the following:• Press the Contrast/Brightness button.

The monitor setting buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 9-5 Monitor setting and step windowing buttons

• Select the desired windowing step using the arrow buttons.The settings are reflected immediately in the image on the live monitor.

• If you want to restore the factory settings for step windowing, press the Home button.Step windowing is reset to step 0. Simultaneously, brightness and contrast are reset to the initial settings.

• Press the Contrast/Brightness button.The monitor setting buttons disappear from the dynamic control area.

9-6 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 83: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

9 Adjusting Live Images

9.4 Filters

You may apply different filters to the live image. The following filters are available:

− Recursive filter

− Edge filter

− Stack filter (LIH)

Fig. 9-6 Filter settings in the live image

9.4.1 Recursive filter

The recursive filter adds the specified number of images during fluoroscopy. Each newly-acquired image is superimposed by the result of the previous addition with a certain weighting factor.

Noise suppressionThe higher the number of images you select, the greater the noise suppression, but also the greater motion blurring.

There are three recursive filter levels, each corresponding to a preset number of images between 1 and 16.

To set the recursive filter for the live image, do the following:• Press the Filter button.

The filter setting buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area.

9-7Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 84: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

9 Adjusting Live Images

Fig. 9-7 Filter settings for recursive, edge and stack filter

• Under Recursive, select the desired recursive filter level by pressing the corresponding button.The filter acts on the live image on the live monitor. The chosen recursive filter level is shown on the monitor as NR X.

• Press the Filter button.The filter setting buttons disappear from the dynamic control area.

Configuration The specific settings for the individual recursive filter levels are made in the Configuration operating mode under Service Settings. You cannot make these presettings yourself.

• Please contact your service engineer if you wish to set the individual recursive filter levels or modify the present settings.

9.4.2 Edge filter

Edge enhancement The edge filter allows you to select a greater or lesser degree of edge enhancement within the image. There are 4 levels available:

Level Meaning

Off No edge enhancement (original fluoroscopic image)

1 Slight edge enhancement

2 Medium edge enhancement

3 Strong edge enhancement

-1 Unsharp mask to reduce noise

Table 9-1 Edge filter levels

9-8 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 85: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

9 Adjusting Live Images

To set the edge filter for the live image, do the following:• Press the Filter button.

The filter setting buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 9-8 Filter settings

• Under Edge, select the desired edge filter level by pressing the corresponding button.The filter acts on the live image on the live monitor. The chosen edge filter level is shown on the monitor as RTE Y.

• Press the Filter button.The filter setting buttons disappear from the dynamic control area.

9.4.3 Stack filter

The stack filter generates and adds a specified number of images after radiation has been terminated.

Noise suppressionThe higher the number of images you select, the greater the noise suppression, but also the greater motion blurring if the patient moves during image generation. You can choose between the following number of images: 1 image (Off), 2, 4, 8, 16 images.

To set the stack filter for the live image, do the following:• Press the Filter button.

The filter setting buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 9-9 Filter settings

• Under LIH, select the desired stack filter level by pressing the corresponding button.

9-9Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 86: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

9 Adjusting Live Images

The filter acts on the live image on the live monitor. The chosen stack filter level is shown on the monitor as LIH Z.

• Press the Filter button.The filter setting buttons disappear from the dynamic control area.

9.5 Electronic image magnification

Function The image intensifier’s format selection function (‘magnification’) magnifies the fluoroscopic image electronically, whereby the image resolution increases proportionally to the magnification factor. This function is not available on a Ziehm Vision FD.

For 23 cm i.i. systems, the magnification levels 23 cm, 15 cm and 10 cm are available. For 31 cm i.i. systems, the magnification levels 31 cm, 23 cm and 15 cm are available.

The current image magnification level is automatically indicated on the Magnify button.

To select the image magnification level, do the following:• Press the Magnify button.

The current level is indicated on the button.

The magnification level setting buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 9-10 Image magnification levels

• Select the desired image magnification level.The settings become immediately valid on the live monitor. The chosen image magnification level is shown on the monitor as MAG X.

• Press the Magnify button.The magnification level setting buttons disappear from the dynamic control area.

9-10 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 87: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

9 Adjusting Live Images

9.6 Digital image zooming

FunctionThe zoom function allows you to enlarge a certain image detail. There are three zoom levels available. The desired image detail can be controlled either with the arrow buttons or with the integrated touchpad.

Fig. 9-11 Zoom function for the live image

To enlarge an image detail, do the following:• Press the Zoom button.

The active image also appears on the reference monitor.

The zoom function buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 9-12 Zoom function settings

• Select the desired zoom factor by pressing the corresponding button, e.g. 4 X.A marking circle appears in the center of the live image on the live monitor. The image area within the marking circle is displayed on the reference monitor with the chosen zoom level.

• Move the marking circle to the desired image area using the arrow buttons.The chosen image detail is displayed on the reference monitor with the chosen zoom level.

Touchpad

9-11Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 88: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

9 Adjusting Live Images

• If you want to move the marking circle back to the center of the live image, press the Home button.

• Press the Zoom button.The zoom function buttons disappear from the dynamic control area.

To enlarge an image detail with the help of the touchpad, do the following:• Press the Zoom button.

The active image also appears on the reference monitor.

The zoom function buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 9-13 Zoom function settings

• Select the desired zoom factor by pressing the corresponding button, e.g. 4 X.A marking circle appears in the center of the live image on the live monitor. The image area within the marking circle is displayed on the reference monitor with the chosen zoom level.

• Move the marking circle to the desired position by gliding your finger slightly across the touchpad.The chosen image detail is displayed on the reference monitor with the chosen zoom level.

• If you want to move the marking circle back to the center of the live image, press the Home button.

• Press the Zoom button.The zoom function buttons disappear from the dynamic control area.

9-12 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 89: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

9 Adjusting Live Images

9.7 Grayscale inversion

FunctionThe grayscale inversion function allows you to represent the live image with a negative grayscale.

To represent an image with a negative (or positive) grayscale, do the following:• Press the Grayscale Inversion button.

The live image is represented with a negative grayscale on the live monitor, and the button is highlighted in yellow.

• Press the Grayscale Inversion button again.The live image is again represented with a positive grayscale, and the button returns to its gray color.

9.8 Collimation

FunctionThe system is equipped with an iris and a slot collimator. These collimators allow you to limit the area of exposure of the patient just to the region of interest.

This offers the following advantages:

− Reduction of the radiation burden

− Less chance of flaring

− Better detail rendition and higher contrast

9.8.1 Iris collimator

The iris collimator can be adjusted steplessly. Normally, the iris collimator is completely open, and only the Close Iris Collimator button is visible on the control panel. As soon as you start closing the iris collimator, the Open Iris Collimator button appears on the control panel.

To adjust the iris collimator, do the following:• Press the Close Iris Collimator button until the collimator aperture on

the live monitor is as desired.The Open Iris Collimator button appears on the control panel.

• Press the Open Iris Collimator button until the collimator aperture on the live monitor is as desired.

9-13Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 90: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

9 Adjusting Live Images

In addition, you can fully open the iris collimator in one step:

• Press the Open Iris Collimator Fully button.

9.8.2 Slot collimator

The slot collimator can be adjusted steplessly. Normally, the slot collimator is completely open, and only the Close Vertical Slot Collimator button is visible on the control panel. As soon as you start closing the slot collimator, the Open Vertical Slot Collimator, Rotate Vertical Slot Collimator CW and Rotate Vertical Slot Collimator CCW buttons appear on the control panel.

To adjust the slot collimator, do the following:• Press the Close Vertical Slot Collimator button until the collimator

aperture on the live monitor is as desired.The Open Vertical Slot Collimator, Rotate Vertical Slot Collimator CW and Rotate Vertical Slot Collimator CCW buttons appear on the control panel.

• Press the Open Vertical Slot Collimator button until the collimator aperture on the live monitor is as desired.

• Press the Rotate Vertical Slot Collimator CW button until the collimator orientation on the live monitor is as desired.

• Press the Rotate Vertical Slot Collimator CCW button until the collimator orientation on the live monitor is as desired.

In addition, you can fully open the slot collimator or reset it to the 0° position, each in one step:

• Press the Open Vertical Slot Collimator Fully button.The slot collimator opens completely.

• Press the Rotate Vertical Slot Collimator to 0° button.The slot collimator is reset to the 0° position.

9-14 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 91: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

9 Adjusting Live Images

9.8.3 Virtual collimator

FunctionThe Ziehm Vision is equipped with a virtual collimator, allowing you to adjust the collimators without radiation. Using this feature, you can significantly reduce patient exposure.

To perform a virtual collimation, do the following:• Press the Open Iris Collimator Fully button.

The iris collimator opens completely.

• Press the Open Vertical Slot Collimator Fully button.The vertical slot collimator opens completely.

• Select the desired anatomical program (→ Ch. 8.4.1, p. 8-7).• Initiate radiation for a brief moment.

The generated image is displayed on the live monitor.

• Adjust the iris and the slot collimator as desired without radiation.The areas of the image that will not be visible later are shown beneath a gray overlay. The collimator boundaries are represented by white edges.

• Initiate radiation.

9.9 Image swapping

FunctionWith the image swapping function, you can move an image from one monitor to the other. This allows you to generate two images and to compare them directly to one another.

To compare an image with a live image, do the following:• Generate a live image.

The image is displayed on the live monitor.

• Press the Image Swapping button.The first image is moved to the reference monitor.

9-15Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 92: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

9 Adjusting Live Images

• Generate a second live image.The image is displayed on the live monitor. Now you can compare the images on the two monitors to one another.

9.10 Image reversal and image rotation

Function The image reversal and image rotation functions are used for individual adjustment of the image orientation on the live monitor.

You can use these functions to align the image orientation with the patient’s orientation. To make orientation easier for the operator, a label is attached to both the image intensifier and the generator housing, showing a patient in supine position. If the patient is positioned as illustrated by the label, then the image orientation on the live monitor corresponds to the patient’s orientation.

Both image reversal and image rotation are produced digitally and without the need to initiate any further radiation.

9.10.1 Horizontal and vertical image reversal

• Press the reverse up/down button.The button is highlighted in yellow. On the live monitor, the image appears with top and bottom reversed, and a symbol for up/down reversal is displayed.

• Press the Reverse Left/Right button.The button is highlighted in yellow. On the live monitor, the image appears with left and right side reversed, and a symbol for left/right reversal is displayed.

Image reversal is symbolized on the monitor by an R which is either mirrored left-right or upside-down.

9-16 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 93: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

9 Adjusting Live Images

9.10.2 Image rotation

• Press the Rotate Image CW button until the image orientation on the live monitor is as desired.The image is rotated steplessly in clockwise direction.

• Press the Rotate Image CCW button until the image orientation on the live monitor is as desired.The image is rotated steplessly in counter-clockwise direction.

The chosen angle of rotation is shown on the monitor as R X.

Ziehm Vision FDAs soon as an image is rotated, it assumes a circular shape. The image has a square shape only in the following angle positions: 0°/360°, 90°, 180°, 270°.

To reset the angle of rotation to 0°, do the following:• Press the Rotate Image to 0° button.

The image is reset to the 0° position.

9-17Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 94: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

9 Adjusting Live Images

9-18 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 95: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Data Management 1010.1 Organization of patient and image data

Patient and image data is managed in the Patient (→ Ch. 10.2, p. 10-2) and Archive operating modes (→ Ch. 10.3, p. 10-7). All data of a patient is stored in a patient folder on the hard disk. All image data is assigned to the corresponding patient folder.

When you switch to the Fluoroscopy or Subtraction operating mode and no patient folder is active, the system will automatically create a new patient folder (→ Ch. 10.1.2, p. 10-2).

10.1.1 Patient folders

FunctionIn order to be able to relate the fluoroscopic images to a certain patient, you must always create or activate a patient folder before acquiring an image or a cine loop.

Storage capacityYou can create as many patient folders as desired on the hard disk. In each patient folder, you can store as many images as you wish. The total number of images is limited only by the hard disk size (‘image memory’). The size of the image memory depends on the chosen system configuration.

Auto-delete function

When you save an image for which there would be no more space on the hard disk otherwise, the oldest patient folder on the hard disk is automatically overwritten (→ Ch. 8.7, p. 8-10). If the oldest patient folder contains one or more protected images (→ p. 10-24), only the unprotected images are deleted, though. The folder itself as well as the protected images are preserved.

10-1Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 96: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

10.1.2 Generated patient folders

When you switch on the system, a new patient folder is automatically generated and activated. If you do not activate another patient folder before switching to the Fluoroscopy or Subtraction operating mode, all images are saved to this automatically generated patient folder.

Generated data The patient name which is generated is composed of the time of day and date, e.g. P_12_34_01_04_03 for a patient folder which was created on April 1, 2003 at 12:34 o’clock. In addition, a patient ID called PAT xyz is entered. If you have predefined default data for the Hospital, Department and Doctor input boxes, this data is also written to the generated patient folder.

All images and/or cine loops will be saved to the generated patient folder until you activate another patient folder. You may edit or complete all patient data later (→ Ch. 10.2.2, p. 10-5).

If the system has generated such a patient folder, but no images or cine loops have been saved to it, the generated patient folder will be deleted during the next power-up of the Ziehm Vision.

10.2 Managing patient data

Patient data is managed in the Patient operating mode. When you create a new patient folder, you may retrieve the patient’s data from a DICOM server under certain conditions (→ Ch. 11.2, p. 11-1).

Length of the patient ID

The length of the patient ID is limited by the system to 64 digits.

Display of the patient ID

If the patient number cannot be displayed completely in the fluoroscopic image, it is represented in the form 1234567....

In the read-only boxes in the Archive operating mode, only the first 18 or 24 digits of the patient ID are displayed. In the Patient ID input box in the Patient operating mode, you can scroll through the whole patient ID using the arrow keys of the keypad.

Access. No. You can manually enter a hospital-specific internal administrative number (Access. No.), or scan / import it with the patient data.

Subject You can enter a subject for each patient folder, which is saved together with the patient data.

Editing data You can edit all data in an existing patient folder or add new data at any time.

10-2 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 97: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

Importing images from a DICOM server

When you have created a new patient folder or activated an existing patient folder, you can import one or more images or a series of images from a DICOM server into this patient folder (→ Ch. 11.5, p. 11-12).

To activate the Patient operating mode, do the following:• Press the Patient tab.The input boxes of the Patient operating mode as well as the alphanumeric keypad are now available on the control panel.

Fig. 10-1 Patient operating mode

When you have activated a patient folder, the corresponding data is displayed in the input boxes.

10.2.1 Creating a new patient folder on the Ziehm Vision

When you create a new patient folder, you may choose between the following ways of entering the patient data:

− You enter the patient data manually using the alphanumeric keypad.

− You retrieve the patient data from the DICOM server (Query or Worklist, → Ch. 11.2, p. 11-1).

NoteThe date formats may vary, depending on the customer-specific settings. In this manual, all date formats appear in the format DD.MM.YYYY.

Buttons for the input boxes

Input boxes

Alpha-numeric keypad

10-3Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 98: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

10.2.1.1 Entering patient data manually

• Press the Patient tab.The Patient operating mode is activated.

• Press the New button.The input boxes are cleared (if any data has been displayed before in them), with the exception of those with default data (→ Ch. 20.3.3, p. 20-10).

You may now enter the patient data.

• Press the button of the desired input box, e.g. the Last Name button.The button is highlighted in yellow. The cursor jumps to the corresponding input box.

• Enter the patient data with the help of the alphanumeric keypad. To move to the next input box, always press the Enter key.You must fill in at least the Last Name input box. The length of the patient number must not exceed 64 digits. If you do not enter any patient ID, the system automatically assigns a number in the Patient ID box.

• Save the new patient folder and the data entered by pressing the Save button.

The new patient folder is automatically activated. A blank fluoroscopy mask with the newly-entered patient data appears on the live monitor. You may now proceed to generating fluoroscopic images, which will be assigned to the newly-created patient folder automatically:

• Switch to the Fluoroscopy or Subtraction operating mode and generate the desired fluoroscopic images (→ Ch. 8, p. 8-1).

NoteYou may predefine default data for the Hospital, Department and Doctor input boxes. The desired data is entered in the Configuration operating mode under Basic Settings.

NoteTo type an uppercase letter, press and release the Shift key before entering the respective letter. The Shift key is valid for one subsequent letter. If you want to type several consecutive uppercase letters, press the Caps Lock key before entering the letters.

or

10-4 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 99: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

10.2.2 Modifying patient data

You can modify the patient data in any existing patient folder at any time. You can use the name of the patient, the patient ID or a subject to search for the patient folder whose data you want to modify.

EffectsAny patient data changes affect all existing and future images as well as the active image.

To modify the data in an existing patient folder, do the following:• Press the Patient tab.

The Patient operating mode is activated.

Fig. 10-2 Patient operating mode

The input boxes may contain data you want to delete.

• Press the New button.The data in all input boxes is deleted.

• Press the Search button.A thumbnail mosaic with all patient folders is displayed on the reference monitor. Each patient folder is symbolized by the most recent image contained in it.

CAUTIONIf you use the patient ID to search for a patient folder, please verify the search result by checking the patient name. It may happen occasionally that a patient ID is assigned more than once on a DICOM network.

10-5Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 100: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

In the dynamic control area, the input boxes for searching as well as an alphabetically sorted list of all patient folders are displayed.

Fig. 10-3 Input boxes for searching and hit list

Now you can browse through the patient folder mosaic with the help of the arrow buttons or enter the desired search string:

• Press the button of the desired input box, e.g. the Last Name button.The button is highlighted in yellow. The cursor jumps to the corresponding input box.

• Enter the search string using the alphanumeric keypad.

With each letter you enter, the alphabetical hit list is more and more confined to match the search string.

The All button appears, allowing you to re-display the entire list.

• Select the desired item on the list using the arrow buttons and press the OK button.The data of the selected patient is transferred to the input boxes. You may overwrite this data now.

• Press the button of the input box whose data you want to modify.The button is highlighted in yellow. The cursor jumps to the corresponding input box.

• Overwrite the data you want to modify.• Press the Save button.

NoteThe search function is not case-sensitive.

10-6 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 101: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

A message window with a confirmation prompt is displayed:

• Press the Overwrite button.The existing data in the patient folder is overwritten by the newly-entered ones.

or

• Press the New button.A new patient folder with the modified data is created.

10.3 Image data management

Image data is managed in the Archive operating mode.

To activate the Archive operating mode, do the following:• Press the Archive tab.The read-only boxes and buttons for managing the patient folders appear on the control panel.

Fig. 10-4 Archive operating mode with USB storage device (option)

or

List

Read-only boxes

Arrow buttons

Hard Disk display

10-7Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 102: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

Mosaic All patient folders on the hard disk are displayed as a thumbnail mosaic (up to 16 images at a time) on the reference monitor, each folder being represented by its most recent image. In addition, the following information appears for each patient folder of the mosaic: name of the patient and number of images contained in the folder. You can browse through the thumbnail mosaic using the arrow buttons.

List of patient folders

The list shows the names of all patient folders in the order in which they were created. The most recent folder appears at the bottom of the list, the oldest one at the top.

The name of the folder which is marked by the cursor on the reference monitor is highlighted by a yellow bar in the list, and the related data is displayed in the read-only boxes. You cannot enter or edit any data in these read-only boxes.

Arrow buttons Using the arrow buttons you can move the cursor around the list and simultaneously from one patient folder or image to another on the reference monitor.

Hard Disk display The Hard Disk display indicates the percentage of used hard disk space.

10.3.1 Processing patient folders

The following functions for navigation and patient folder processing are available in the Archive operating mode:

− Search:

To search for a patient folder (→ Ch. 10.3.2, p. 10-15)

− Pos 1:

To place the cursor on the first patient folder in the mosaic

− End:

To place the cursor on the last patient folder in the mosaic

− Mark:

To mark one or more patient folders

− Delete:

To delete patient folders

10-8 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 103: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

− Invert entire archive:

To invert the grayscale of all images on the hard disk

− Print:

To print marked patient folders on the video printer

− CD/DVD:

To write marked patient folders to CD or DVD

− USB:

To save marked patient folders to a USB storage device

− DICOM Store:

To save marked patient folders to a DICOM server (→ Ch. 11.3, p. 11-8)

− Backup:

To select patient folders and back them up to a USB storage device or a CD/DVD (→ Ch. 10.3.7, p. 10-30)

− Restore CD/DVD:

To retrieve backed-up patient folders from a CD or DVD (→ p. 10-36)

− Restore USB:

To retrieve backed-up patient folders from a USB storage device (→ p. 10-33)

CD writer or DVD writer

Depending on the chosen configuration, your Ziehm Vision may be equipped with a CD writer or alternatively with a DVD writer. With a CD writer, data can be written to or retrieved from CDs only. With a DVD writer, data can be written to or retrieved from both CDs and DVDs.

Image file sizesImages in the following graphics formats have a file size of approx. 2 MB:

− 8 bit BMP

− 16 bit TIF

− DICOM

− Multimedia

10-9Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 104: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

Besides that, you may also save the images with reduced resolution and color depth in the following formats:

− DICOM 512×512 8 Bit

− JPEG 512×512

Images with reduced resolution and color depth have a file size of approx. 256 KB (1/4 MB).

Marking All processing functions affect exclusively the marked patient folders. The only exception is the delete function: In this case it is possible to delete either all marked patient folders, or all unmarked patient folders, or only the patient folder where the cursor is.

As soon as the marked patient folders have been output on a printer or saved to a storage medium, they will automatically become unmarked.

To mark one or more patient folders, do the following:

• Select the desired patient folder in the thumbnail mosaic on the reference monitor using the arrow buttons.

• Press the Mark button.The patient folder is now marked and receives the label M.

• If you want to mark further patient folders in addition, repeat the procedure.

To unmark a patient folder, do the following:

• Select the desired marked patient folder on the reference monitor using the arrow buttons.

• Press the Mark button.The patient folder becomes unmarked.

NoteIt is not possible to save a patient folder to a floppy disk.

10-10 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 105: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

Deleting patient folders

You can delete a patient folder only if does not contain any protected images. When you try to delete a folder which contains protected images, the folder itself as well as the protected images remain on the hard disk. Only the unprotected images are deleted. If you want to delete protected images, you must unprotect them first (→ p. 10-24).

DeletingTo delete one or more patient folders, do the following:

• Mark the patient folders you want to delete and press the Delete Marked Items button.The following confirmation prompt is displayed:

or

• Mark the patient folders you do not want to delete and press the Delete Unmarked Items button.The following confirmation prompt is displayed:

or

• Use the arrow buttons to select an individual patient folder you want to delete and press the Delete button.

CAUTIONA deleted patient folder is irretrievably lost.

Back up the patient folders you want to delete, or make sure that they are really no longer needed.

or

or

10-11Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 106: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

The following confirmation prompt is displayed:

• Confirm by pressing the Yes button.The patient folders are deleted from the hard disk. If one of the selected patient folders contains any protected images, only the unprotected images will be deleted, and the following message appears on the control panel:

Patient folder with protected images cannot be deleted!

Inverting the entire archive

If you are used to working with negative images (e.g. because you are a radiologist), you can invert the grayscale of all images on the hard disk in one step. This function is not available for cine loops, DSA cine loops, MSA and RSA images. Images that have already been saved with a negative grayscale remain as they are.

To invert all images or to undo the grayscale inversion, do the following:• Press the Invert All button.

The grayscale of all images on the hard disk is inverted. In mosaic view, the images are always represented with a positive grayscale. The negative grayscale will not become visible until you display an image at full-screen size.

• Terminate the Archive operating mode, or press the Invert All button again.The grayscale inversion of all images is undone.

Printing on video printer

You can mark one or more patient folders and print all images contained in them in one go. Besides, you can print the image displayed on the live monitor (→ Ch. 8.8, p. 8-12).

To print all images of one or several patient folders on the video printer, do the following:• Mark the desired patient folders.

10-12 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 107: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

• Press the Print button.All images of the marked folders are output on the video printer mounted in the monitor cart.

A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the print operation. The Cancel button appears, enabling you to interrupt the print operation.

Once they have been printed, the patient folders become unmarked.

To print out the live monitor image on the video printer, do the following:• Press the Print Live Monitor Image button.

The image displayed on the live monitor is printed.

Saving to USB storage device

The images of one or more patient folders can be saved to a standard USB storage device in the following formats:

− TIF with 16 bit color depth

− JPEG with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth

− DICOM

− DICOM with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth

The storage format is defined in the Configuration operating mode under Storage Media (→ Ch. 20.5.2, p. 20-14).

Ziehm DICOM Viewer

Whenever you save images in standard DICOM format or ‘reduced’ DICOM format (with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth) to a USB storage device, the Ziehm DICOM Viewer program is automatically saved to the USB storage device as well. This program enables you to view the DICOM images on any PC with Microsoft® Windows operating system (version Microsoft® Windows 98 or higher).

To save one or more patient folders to a USB storage device, do the following:• Mark the desired patient folders.

• Plug the USB storage device into the USB port on the monitor cart.

• Press the USB button.The marked patient folders are saved to the USB storage device. A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the save operation. The Cancel button appears, enabling you to interrupt the save operation.

Once they have been saved, the patient folders become unmarked.

10-13Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 108: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

Writing to CD or DVD

The images of one or more patient folders can be written to CD or DVD in the following formats:

− TIF with 16 bit color depth

− JPEG with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth

− DICOM

− DICOM with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth

− Multimedia (Video CD or MPEG2)

The storage format is defined in the Configuration operating mode under Storage Media (→ Ch. 20.5.3, p. 20-15).

Ziehm DICOM Viewer

Whenever you write images in standard DICOM format or ‘reduced’ DICOM format (with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth) to a CD/DVD, the Ziehm DICOM Viewer program is automatically written to the CD/DVD as well. This program enables you to view the DICOM images on any PC with Microsoft® Windows operating system (version Microsoft® Windows 98 or higher).

To write one or more patient folders to CD or DVD, do the following:• Mark the desired patient folders.

• Insert a CD or DVD into the CD or DVD writer mounted in the monitor cart.

• Press the CD/DVD button.The following messages appear one after the other:

Checking CD/DVD...

Write images to CD/DVD?

• Confirm by pressing the Yes button. A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the write operation.Once the write operation has been completed successfully, the following message is displayed:

Writing of CD/DVD completed successfully

• Press the OK button.Once they have been written to CD or DVD, the patient folders become unmarked.

10-14 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 109: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

10.3.2 Finding and displaying a patient folder

Search criteriaThe following criteria can be used to search for a patient folder:

− Name of the patient (Last Name box)

− Patient number (Patient ID box)

− Keyword (Subject box)

You can combine these search criteria using an AND operation. Thus, you could look e.g. for all patients called Miller with the subject Knee.

To find a patient folder, do the following:• Press the Archive tab.

The Archive operating mode is activated.

• Press the Search button.The input boxes for searching are displayed in the dynamic control area. A list of all patient names is displayed.

Fig. 10-5 Input boxes for searching and hit list

Now you can enter the desired search string(s).

• Press the button of the desired input box, e.g. the Last Name button.The button is highlighted in yellow. The cursor jumps to the corresponding input box.

• Enter the search string using the alphanumeric keypad.

CAUTIONIf you use the patient ID to search for a patient folder, please verify the search result by checking the patient name. It may happen occasionally that a patient ID is assigned more than once on a DICOM network.

NoteThe search function is not case-sensitive.

10-15Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 110: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

With each letter you enter, the alphabetical hit list is more and more confined to match the search string.

The All button appears, allowing you to re-display the entire list.

• Press the Back button.You are returned to the Archive screen. The data of all patients who match the search string(s) is displayed in the list.

The All button appears, allowing you to re-display the entire list.

• Select the desired patient folder using the arrow buttons.

• Press the OK button.All images contained in this patient folder are displayed as thumbnails on the reference monitor. The most recent image is highlighted by a white frame. Cine loop sequences are symbolized by their last image and bear the label C.

Other buttons and read-only boxes for processing individual images (→ Ch. 10.3.5, p. 10-20) or cine loops (→ Ch. 12.5, p. 12-8) appear on the control panel.

Thumbnail display The thumbnails in the mosaic reflect all the modifications applied to them after fluoroscopy (e.g. contrast adjustment, rotation, zoom).

Image information The information pertaining to the image which is marked by the cursor on the reference monitor is displayed on the control panel:

Fig. 10-6 Archive operating mode: Read-only boxes displaying image information

10-16 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 111: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

10.3.3 Activating a patient folder

To be able to save new images to an existing patient folder, you must activate this patient folder before switching to the Fluoroscopy or Subtraction operating mode. You can activate an existing patient folder either in the Patient or Archive operating mode.

To activate a patient folder in the Patient operating mode, do the following:• Press the Patient tab.

The Patient operating mode is activated.

Fig. 10-7 Patient operating mode

The input boxes may contain data you want to delete.

• Press the New button.The data in all input boxes is deleted.

• Press the Search button.A thumbnail mosaic with all patient folders is displayed on the reference monitor. Each patient folder is symbolized by the most recent image contained in it.

In the dynamic control area, the input boxes for searching as well as an alphabetically sorted list of all patient folders are displayed.

10-17Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 112: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

Fig. 10-8 Input boxes for searching and hit list

Now you can browse through the patient folder mosaic with the help of the arrow buttons or enter the desired search string:

• Press the button of the desired input box, e.g. the Last Name button.The button is highlighted in yellow. The cursor jumps to the corresponding input box.

• Enter the search string using the alphanumeric keypad.

With each letter you enter, the alphabetical hit list is more and more confined to match the search string.

The All button appears, allowing you to re-display the entire list.

• Select the desired item on the list using the arrow buttons.

• Press the OK button.The data of the selected patient is transferred to the input boxes, and the patient folder is activated. Now you can switch to the Fluoroscopy or Subtraction operating mode.

To activate a patient folder in the Archive operating mode, do the following:• Press the Archive tab.

The Archive operating mode is activated.

• Press the Search button.The input boxes for searching are displayed in the dynamic control area. A list of all patient names is displayed.

NoteThe search function is not case-sensitive.

10-18 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 113: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

Fig. 10-9 Input boxes for searching and hit list

Now you can enter the desired search string(s).

• Press the button of the desired input box, e.g. the Last Name button.The button is highlighted in yellow. The cursor jumps to the corresponding input box.

• Enter the search string using the alphanumeric keypad.

With each letter you enter, the alphabetical hit list is more and more confined to match the search string.

The All button appears, allowing you to re-display the entire list.

• Press the Back button.You are returned to the Archive screen. The data of all patients who match the search string(s) is displayed in the list.

The All button appears, allowing you to re-display the entire list.

• Select the desired patient folder using the arrow buttons.

• Press the OK button.The patient data and the buttons for image and cine loop processing appear in the dynamic control area.

• Press the OK button.The patient folder is activated now. Now you can switch to the Fluoroscopy or Subtraction operating mode.

NoteThe search function is not case-sensitive.

10-19Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 114: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

10.3.4 Browsing through the active patient folder

In the Fluoroscopy, Subtraction and Post Process operating modes, you can display all images of the active patient folder at full-screen size without having to switch to the Archive operating mode.

• Activate the desired patient folder (→ Ch. 10.3.3, p. 10-17).

• Switch to the desired operating mode (Fluoroscopy, Subtraction or Post Process).

• Use the arrow buttons to browse through the active patient folder.The Down Arrow button moves you to the image with the next lower image number.

The Up Arrow button moves you to the image with the next higher image number.

10.3.5 Processing and outputting images in a patient folder

Once you have displayed (→ Ch. 10.3.2, p. 10-15) or activated (→ Ch. 10.3.3, p. 10-17) a patient folder, you can process and output the images and the cine loops that are stored there. Different read-only boxes and buttons are displayed on the control panel for that purpose.

Fig. 10-10 Archive operating mode with displayed patient folder

Buttons for marking and deleting

Buttons for printing

Read-only boxes

Arrow buttons for navigating on the monitor

Buttons for saving

10-20 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 115: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

Read-only boxesThe read-only boxes show patient data and image information. The Images (Total) box shows how many images or cine loops are stored in the patient folder. If the cursor is on a cine loop within the patient folder, the Images box shows the number of images that make up the cine loop. If the cursor is on an individual image, the number 1 appears there.

Image processing and output

We will now discuss how to process and output individual images. For information on how to process and output cine loops in a patient folder, please refer to → Ch. 12.5, p. 12-8.

The following functions are available in a displayed or active patient folder for navigating within the folder and for displaying and processing individual images:

− OK (with displayed patient folder only):

To display an image at full-screen size on the live monitor and to activate the displayed patient folder

− Full-Screen Image:

To display an image at full-screen size on the reference monitor

Mosaic:

To reset the live monitor to the mosaic view

The Mosaic button appears as soon as you have chosen the full-screen view on the live monitor.

− Pos 1:

To place the cursor on the first image of the patient folder

− End:

To place the cursor on the last image of the patient folder

− Mark:

To mark one or more images

− Protect:

To protect marked images against being deleted

− Delete:

To delete images

10-21Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 116: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

− DICOM Retrieve:

To import images from a DICOM server into the displayed or active patient folder (→ Ch. 11.5, p. 11-12)

− Print:

To print marked images on the video printer

− DICOM Print:

To print out marked images on a DICOM network printer (→ Ch. 10.3.5, p. 10-20)

− Floppy:

To save marked images to floppy disk

− CD/DVD:

To write marked images to CD or DVD

− USB:

To save marked images to a USB storage device

− DICOM Store:

To save marked images to a DICOM server (→ Ch. 10.3.5, p. 10-20)

Any action which is performed affects exclusively the marked images, or the image where the cursor is. There are, however, a few exceptions to this rule:

− Delete protection: You can only protect the image where the cursor is.

− Delete: You can delete either all marked images, or all unmarked images, or only the image where the cursor is.

As soon as the marked images have been output on a printer or saved to a storage medium, they will automatically become unmarked. Protected images, however, will remain delete-protected even after output.

CD writer or DVD writer

Depending on the chosen configuration, your Ziehm Vision may be equipped with a CD writer or alternatively with a DVD writer. With a CD writer, data can be written to or retrieved from CDs only. With a DVD writer, data can be written to or retrieved from both CDs and DVDs.

10-22 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 117: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

Further processingImages that have been saved to a floppy disk or a USB storage device or written to CD or DVD cannot be re-imported from the storage medium into the system. For opening and processing these externally saved images, you need a separate PC which is equipped with the appropriate drives and software.

Image file sizesImages in the following graphics formats have a file size of approx. 2 MB:

− 8 bit BMP

− 16 bit TIF

− DICOM

− Multimedia

Besides that, you may also save the images with reduced resolution and color depth in the following formats:

− DICOM 512×512 8 Bit

− JPEG 512×512

Images with reduced resolution and color depth have a file size of approx. 256 KB (1/4 MB).

Full-screen imageTo display an image at full-screen size on the live monitor, do the following:• Select the desired image in the thumbnail mosaic on the reference

monitor using the arrow buttons.

• Press the OK button.The selected image is displayed at full-screen size on the live monitor. Simultaneously, the displayed patient folder is activated.

To display an image at full-screen size on the reference monitor, do the following:• Select the desired image in the thumbnail mosaic on the reference

monitor using the arrow buttons.

• Press the Full-Screen Image button.The selected image is displayed at full-screen size on the reference monitor. The Mosaic button appears, enabling you to restore the mosaic view on the reference monitor.

MarkingTo mark one or more images, do the following:• Select the desired image on the reference monitor using the arrow

buttons.

10-23Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 118: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

• Press the Mark button.The image is now marked and receives the label M.

• If you want to mark further images in addition, repeat the procedure.

To unmark an image, do the following:• Select the desired marked image on the reference monitor using the

arrow buttons.

• Press the Mark button.The image becomes unmarked.

Protecting To protect one or more images, do the following:• Select the desired image on the reference monitor using the arrow

buttons.

• Press the Protect button.The image is now delete-protected and receives the label P.

• If you want to protect further images, repeat the procedure.

To unprotect an image, do the following:• Select the desired protected image using the arrow buttons.

• Press the Protect button.The image becomes unprotected.

NotePatient folders containing protected images cannot be deleted automatically. If many folders on the hard disk contain protected images, the auto-delete function (→ p. 8-11) may not be working properly, and you will be unable to save new images.

To avoid this situation, regularly back up the patient folders which are still needed to external storage media or to a DICOM server. You can then manually delete those patient folders or unprotect them and allow the auto-delete function to free up space on your hard disk.

10-24 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 119: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

DeletingTo delete one or more images from a patient folder, do the following:

• Mark the images you want to delete and press the Delete Marked Items button.The following confirmation prompt is displayed:

or

• Mark the images you do not want to delete and press the Delete Unmarked Items button.The following confirmation prompt is displayed:

or

• Use the arrow buttons to select an individual image you want to delete and press the Delete button.The following confirmation prompt is displayed:

• Confirm by pressing the Yes button.

CAUTIONDeleted images are irretrievably lost.

Back up the images you want to delete or make sure that they are really no longer needed.

or

or

10-25Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 120: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

The images are deleted from the patient folder.

If you happen to select protected images, only the unprotected ones will be deleted, and the following message appears on the control panel:

Protected images have not been deleted!

Printing on video printer

You can mark one or more images in the patient folder and print them all in one go. Besides, you can print the image displayed on the live monitor (→ Ch. 8.8, p. 8-12).

To print out images on the video printer, do the following:• Position the cursor on the desired image, or mark the images you

want to print.

• Press the Print button.The marked images are printed on the video printer mounted in the monitor cart. A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the print operation. The Cancel button appears, enabling you to interrupt the print operation.

Once they have been printed, the images become unmarked.

To print out the live monitor image on the video printer, do the following:• Press the Print Live Monitor Image button.

The image displayed on the live monitor is printed.

Saving to floppy disk

You can save images to floppy disk in 8 bit BMP format only.

The floppy disk must have been preformatted on an external MS DOS® compatible PC. The floppy disk drive which is mounted in the system does not support formatting.

To save an image to floppy disk, do the following:

• Position the cursor on the desired image.

• Insert a formatted floppy disk into the floppy disk drive mounted in the monitor cart.

• Press the Floppy Disk button.The marked image is saved to the floppy disk. A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the save operation. The Cancel button appears, enabling you to interrupt the save operation.

Once it has been saved, the image becomes unmarked.

10-26 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 121: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

Saving to USB storage device

You can save images to a standard USB storage device in the following formats:

− TIF with 16 bit color depth

− JPEG with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth

− DICOM

− DICOM with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth

The storage format is defined in the Configuration operating mode under Storage Media (→ Ch. 20.5.2, p. 20-14).

Ziehm DICOM Viewer

Whenever you save images in standard DICOM format or ‘reduced’ DICOM format (with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth) to a USB storage device, the Ziehm DICOM Viewer program is automatically saved to the USB storage device as well. This program enables you to view the DICOM images on any PC with Microsoft® Windows operating system (version Microsoft® Windows 98 or higher).

To save images to a USB storage device, do the following:• Position the cursor on the desired image, or mark the images you

want to save.

• Plug the USB storage device into the USB port on the monitor cart.• Press the USB button.

The marked images are saved to the USB storage device. A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the save operation. The Cancel button appears, enabling you to interrupt the save operation.

Once they have been saved, the images become unmarked.

Writing to CD or DVD

You can write images to CD or DVD in the following formats:

− TIF with 16 bit color depth

− JPEG with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth

− DICOM

− DICOM with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth

− Multimedia (Video CD or MPEG2 format)

The storage format is defined in the Configuration operating mode under Storage Media (→ Ch. 20.5.3, p. 20-15).

10-27Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 122: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

Ziehm DICOM Viewer

Whenever you write images in standard DICOM format or ‘reduced’ DICOM format (with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth) to a CD/DVD, the Ziehm DICOM Viewer program is automatically written to the CD/DVD as well. This program enables you to view the DICOM images on any PC with Microsoft® Windows operating system (version Microsoft® Windows 98 or higher).

To write images to CD or DVD, do the following:• Position the cursor on the desired image, or mark the images you

want to write to CD or DVD.

• Insert a CD or DVD into the CD or DVD writer mounted in the monitor cart.

• Press the CD/DVD button.The following messages appear one after the other:

Checking CD/DVD...

Write images to CD/DVD?

• Confirm by pressing the Yes button. A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the write operation. The Cancel button appears, enabling you to interrupt the write operation.Once the write operation has been completed successfully, the following message is displayed:

Writing of CD/DVD completed successfully

• Press the OK button.Once they have been written to CD or DVD, the images become unmarked.

10-28 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 123: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

10.3.6 Comparing saved images

You may display saved images either from one patient folder or from several different patient folders at full-screen size on the live and reference monitor and compare them to each other.

To compare two images from the same patient folder, do the following:• Activate the Archive operating mode.

• Display the desired patient folder (→ Ch. 10.3.2, p. 10-15).• Select the desired image on the reference monitor using the arrow

buttons.

• Press the OK button.The image is displayed at full-screen size on the live monitor.

• Using the arrow buttons, select the second desired image and press the Full-Screen Image button.The second image is displayed at full-screen size on the reference monitor. The Mosaic button appears, enabling you to restore the mosaic view on the live monitor.

You may compare the two images now.

To compare two images from different patient folders, do the following:• Activate the Archive operating mode.

• Display the desired patient folder (→ Ch. 10.3.2, p. 10-15).• Select the desired image on the reference monitor using the arrow

buttons.

• Press the OK button.The image is displayed at full-screen size on the live monitor.

• Press the Back button.

• Display the desired second patient folder (→ Ch. 10.3.2, p. 10-15).• Using the arrow buttons, select the second desired image and press

the Full-Screen Image button.The second image is displayed at full-screen size on the reference monitor. The Mosaic button appears, enabling you to restore the mosaic view on the live monitor.

10-29Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 124: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

You may compare the two images now.

10.3.7 Making backup copies of patient folders

You can back up the patient folders stored on the hard disk to a USB storage device or a CD/DVD. To select the patient folders you want to back up, you can use different search criteria (Last Name, Patient ID, Subject) and/or the image creation date. You can combine all these search criteria and also the image creation date (if desired) using an AND operation. Thus, you could e.g. search for and back up all patients called Miller with the subject Knee.

Fig. 10-11 Archive Backup operating mode

Selecting patient folders

You can back up only entire patient folders with all images contained in them. To determine which folders are to be backed up, you use the image creation date and certain search criteria:

− Selection using the image creation date

When you enter e.g. a period between 01.01.YYYY and 31.01.YYYY, all patient folders containing images that were created between January 1, YYYY and January 31, YYYY will be backed up. These folders are backed up in their entirety, including the images that were not created within the specified period of time.

− Selection using search criteria

You can specify the patient folders you want to back up by entering the patient name (Last Name), patient number (Patient ID) and/or the Subject as search criteria.

10-30 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 125: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

The search criteria and the time period are automatically combined by an AND operation.

In addition, you can back up all patient folders to the chosen storage medium.

10.3.7.1 Backup to USB storage device

Storage capacityThe maximum number of images that fit on a USB storage device depends on the storage capacity of the device used as well as the percentage of images with reduced resolution and color depth (→ p. 10-23). To be able to back up images on a USB storage device, the latter must be empty.

During backup, the system will check automatically whether the remaining disk space is sufficient for the next folder to be backed up. If the folder is too large to fit on the connected USB storage device, you will be prompted by a message to plug another USB storage device into the USB port.

Restoring backed-up data

You can restore the data which has been backed up to a USB storage device to the system’s hard disk at any time (→ p. 10-33). If the backup copy has been distributed to several USB storage devices, you must plug in the USB storage devices in the same order as during the backup procedure for restoring the data.

To back up selected patient folders to a USB storage device, do the following:• Press the Archive tab.

The Archive operating mode is activated.

• Press the Backup button.The backup setting buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area. The Start Date input box contains by default the date 01.01.1970. The End Date input box contains by default the current date.

Fig. 10-12 Backup setting buttons

10-31Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 126: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

• Plug a USB storage device into the USB port.Now you can enter the desired search string(s).

• Press the Last Name button and enter a search string in the related input box.

With each letter you enter, the alphabetical hit list is more and more confined to match the search string.

The All button appears, allowing you to re-display the entire list.

• If desired, press the Patient ID button and enter a patient number in the related input box.

• If desired, press the Subject button and enter a search string in the related input box.

• If you want to confine the image creation period, press the Start Date button and enter another date in the related input box.

• If you want to confine the image creation period, press the End Date button and enter another date in the related input box.Press the Show Selected button.

• Press the USB button.All patient folders shown on the list are backed up to the USB storage device. A progress indicator in a message window informs you about the status of the backup operation.

If there is not enough disk space left on the connected USB storage device, the following message appears:

Please plug in another USB storage device.

• Plug another USB storage device into the USB port. Make sure to label the USB storage devices so that you can later identify the order in which they were connected.

To back up all patient folders to a USB storage device, do the following:• Press the Archive tab.

The Archive operating mode is activated.

• Press the Backup button.The backup setting buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area.

The Start Date input box contains by default the date 01.01.1970. The End Date input box contains by default the current date. This period covers all possible image data.

NoteThe search function is not case-sensitive.

10-32 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 127: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

Fig. 10-13 Backup setting buttons

• Plug a USB storage device into the USB port.• Press the USB button.

All patient folders are backed up to the USB storage device. A progress indicator in a message window informs you about the status of the backup operation.

If there is not enough disk space left on the connected USB storage device, the following message appears:

Please plug in another USB storage device.

• Plug another USB storage device into the USB port. Make sure to label the USB storage devices so that you can later identify the order in which they were connected.

To restore backed-up data from a USB storage device to the hard disk, do the following:• Press the Archive tab.

The Archive operating mode is activated.

• Plug the USB storage device that contains the first part of the backup copy into the USB port.

• Press the Restore USB button.All patient folders and images that have been backed up to the USB storage device before are restored and saved to the system’s hard disk. All restored patient folders are re-created on the hard disk, in addition to the already existing ones.

• Plug all further USB storage devices used for the backup into the USB port (if applicable). Make sure to connect them in the same order as during the backup procedure.

10-33Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 128: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

10.3.7.2 Backup to CD or DVD

Storage capacity A CD can store up to 320 images or up to 2,500 images with reduced resolution and color depth (→ p. 10-23). The maximum number of images depends on the percentage of images with reduced resolution and color depth. Since the contents of a patient folder cannot be distributed to several CDs, it is not possible to back up patient folders that contain more than 250 images or 2,500 images with reduced resolution and color depth.

A DVD can store up to 2,000 images or up to 8,000 images with reduced resolution and color depth (→ p. 10-23). The maximum number of images depends on the percentage of images with reduced resolution and color depth. Since the contents of a patient folder cannot be distributed to several DVDs, it is not possible to back up patient folders that contain more than 2,000 images or 8,000 images with reduced resolution and color depth.

During backup, the system will check automatically whether the remaining disk space is sufficient for the next folder to be backed up. If the folder is too large to fit on the CD or DVD in the drive, you will be prompted by a message to insert another CD or DVD into the drive.

Restoring backed-up data

You can restore the data which has been backed up to CD or DVD to the system’s hard disk at any time (→ p. 10-36). If the backup copy has been distributed to several CDs or DVDs, you must insert the CDs or DVDs in the same order as during the backup procedure for restoring the data.

To back up selected patient folders to CD or DVD, do the following:• Press the Archive tab.

The Archive operating mode is activated.

• Press the Backup button.The backup setting buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area. The Start Date input box contains by default the date 01.01.1970. The End Date input box contains by default the current date.

Fig. 10-14 Backup setting buttons

• Insert an empty CD or DVD into the CD or DVD writer.Now you can enter the desired search string(s).

10-34 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 129: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

• Press the Last Name button and enter a search string in the related input box.

With each letter you enter, the alphabetical hit list is more and more confined to match the search string.

The All button appears, allowing you to re-display the entire list.

• If desired, press the Patient ID button and enter a patient number in the related input box.

• If desired, press the Subject button and enter a search string in the related input box.

• If you want to confine the image creation period, press the Start Date button and enter another date in the related input box.

• If you want to confine the image creation period, press the End Date button and enter another date in the related input box.

• Press the Show Selected button.

• Press the CD/DVD button.The following message appears:

Checking CD/DVD...

All patient folders shown on the list are backed up to the CD or DVD. A progress indicator in a message window informs you about the status of the backup operation.

If there is not enough disk space left on the inserted CD or DVD, the following message appears:

Please insert new CD/DVD.

• Insert another CD or DVD. Make sure to label the CDs or DVDs so that you can later identify the order in which they were inserted.

Once the write operation has been completed successfully, the following message is displayed:

Writing of CD/DVD completed successfully

• Press the OK button.

To back up all patient folders to CD or DVD, do the following:• Press the Archive tab.

The Archive operating mode is activated.

• Press the Backup button.The backup setting buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area. The Start Date input box contains by default the date 01.01.1970. The End Date input box contains by default the current date. This period covers all possible image data.

NoteThe search function is not case-sensitive.

10-35Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 130: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

10 Data Management

Fig. 10-15 Backup setting buttons

• Insert an empty CD or DVD into the CD or DVD writer.• Press the CD/DVD button.

The following message appears:

Checking CD/DVD...

All patient folders are backed up to the CD or DVD. A progress indicator in a message window informs you about the status of the backup operation.

If there is not enough disk space left on the inserted CD or DVD, you will be prompted to insert another disk into the drive:

Please insert new CD/DVD.

• Insert another CD or DVD. Make sure to label the CDs or DVDs so that you can later identify the order in which they were inserted.

Once the write operation has been completed successfully, the following message is displayed:

Writing of CD/DVD completed successfully

• Press the OK button.

To restore backed-up data from a CD or DVD to the hard disk, do the following:• Press the Archive tab.

The Archive operating mode is activated.

• Insert the CD or DVD that contains the first part of the backup copy into the CD or DVD writer.

• Press the Restore CD/DVD button.All patient folders and images which have been backed up to the CD or DVD before are restored and saved to the system’s hard disk. All restored patient folders are re-created on the hard disk, in addition to the already existing ones.

• Insert all further CDs or DVDs used for the backup into the corresponding drive (if applicable). Make sure to insert them in the same order as during the backup procedure.

10-36 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 131: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

DICOM Functions 1111.1 Prerequisites

Depending on the DICOM Classes integrated in the system (→ Ch. 2.3, p. 2-4), you can use certain DICOM functions. To be able to do so, the system must be connected to a DICOM network.

11.2 Downloading patient data from a DICOM server

When creating a new patient folder (→ Ch. 10.2.1, p. 10-3), you can download the patient data from the DICOM server (Query or Worklist).

PrerequisitesThe following prerequisites must be given:

− The Ziehm Vision must be connected to a DICOM server.

− The desired patient data must be stored on the DICOM server already.

− You must know the patient ID of the respective patient.

11.2.1 Query

The Query DICOM function enables you to download a patient’s data (e.g. first name, last name) from the DICOM server.

To download patient data from a DICOM server, do the following:• Press the Patient tab.

The Patient operating mode is activated.

CAUTIONIf you use the patient ID to search for a patient folder, please verify the search result by checking the patient name. It may happen occasionally that a patient ID is assigned more than once on a DICOM network.

NoteYou may predefine default data for the Hospital, Department and Doctor input boxes. The desired data is entered in the Configuration operating mode under Basic Settings.

11-1Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 132: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

11 DICOM Functions

• Press the New button.The input boxes are cleared (if any data has been displayed before in them), with the exception of those with default data (→ Ch. 20.3.3, p. 20-10).

• Press the Patient ID button and enter the patient ID of the patient you are looking for.The patient ID is displayed in the Patient ID box.

• Press the Query button.The patient data record is downloaded from the DICOM server and appears automatically in the input boxes.

• If necessary, complete any missing data.• Save the new patient folder and the downloaded data by pressing the

Save button.The new patient folder is automatically activated. A blank fluoroscopy mask with the downloaded patient data appears on the live monitor.

11.2.2 Downloading a Worklist

Contents of the Worklist

You can download a specific Worklist from the DICOM server. The Worklist contains the patient data as well as the examinations which are scheduled for the patient.

Time span of the Worklist

You can use a filter to determine the time span that is covered by the Worklist. The following filter criteria are available for that purpose:

− Default setting: Today (0:00 a.m. – 12:00 p.m.)

− Yesterday (0:00 a.m. – 12:00 p.m.)

− Yesterday and today (0:00 a.m. – 12:00 p.m.)

− Now +/– 8 hours

Filters for Worklist download

Besides you can limit the contents of the Worklist to be downloaded using the following criteria:

− Patient Name (Last Name)

− Patient ID (Patient ID)

− Hospital-specific internal administrative number (Access. No.)

− Specific procedure step (Req. Proc. ID)

Opening the Worklist offline

Once you have downloaded the Worklist of the current day, you can open it as often as you like, even if the Ziehm Vision is no longer connected to the DICOM server. In this case, the word OFFLINE appears in the Worklist on the monitor.

11-2 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 133: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

11 DICOM Functions

When you try to open a Worklist in offline mode although no Worklist has been downloaded for the current day from the DICOM server yet, the message No connection to server appears, and no Worklist is displayed.

11.2.2.1 Downloading a Worklist for a specific time span

To download a Worklist that covers a specific time span from a DICOM server, do the following:• Press the Patient tab.

The Patient operating mode is activated.

• Press the Worklist button.The filter criteria for limiting the contents of the Worklist to be downloaded are displayed. If you already specified a patient name (Name), patient ID (Patient ID) or a hospital-specific internal administrative number (Access. No.) in the Patient operating mode, this data appears automatically in the corresponding boxes.

Fig. 11-16 Filter criteria for limiting the Worklist contents

• Select the time span to be covered by the Worklist.• If there is any data displayed in the Name, Patient ID and/or Access.

No. boxes, press the Delete button.The Name, Patient ID and/or Access. No. boxes are cleared.

• Press the Worklist button.The data of all patients scheduled for the specified time span is downloaded from the DICOM server. A list of all downloaded data appears on the control panel.

11-3Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 134: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

11 DICOM Functions

Fig. 11-1 DICOM Worklist

• Select the desired item on the list using the arrow buttons.

• Press the Apply button.The downloaded patient data appears in the input boxes of the Patient operating mode. The new patient folder is automatically activated. A blank fluoroscopy mask with the downloaded patient data appears on the live monitor.

• If necessary, complete any missing data.• If you have completed any missing data, save the new patient folder

by pressing the Save button.

11.2.2.2 Downloading a patient-specific Worklist

To download a patient-specific Worklist from a DICOM server, do the following:• Press the Patient tab.

The Patient operating mode is activated.

• Press the Name button and enter the last name of the desired patient.

CAUTIONIf you use the patient ID to search for a patient folder, please verify the search result by checking the patient name. It may happen occasionally that a patient ID is assigned more than once on a DICOM network.

11-4 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 135: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

11 DICOM Functions

• Press the Patient ID button and enter the patient ID of the desired patient.

• Press the Access No. button and enter the hospital-specific internal administrative number of the desired patient.

• Press the Worklist button.The filter criteria for limiting the contents of the Worklist to be downloaded are displayed. Any data you have already entered in the Name, Patient ID or Access. No. boxes appears automatically in the corresponding boxes.

Fig. 11-2 Filter criteria for limiting the Worklist contents

• If you want to limit the time span covered by the Worklist to be downloaded, select the desired time span.

• Press the Worklist button.The data of the selected patient is downloaded from the DICOM server. A list with all patient-specific data downloaded appears on the control panel. If you have entered a name or the first letter(s) of a name as filter criterion, all matching items are listed.

11-5Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 136: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

11 DICOM Functions

Fig. 11-3 Patient-specific Worklist

• Select the desired item on the list using the arrow buttons.

• Press the Apply button.The downloaded patient data appears in the input boxes of the Patient operating mode. The new patient folder is automatically activated. A blank fluoroscopy mask with the downloaded patient data appears on the live monitor.

• If necessary, complete any missing data.• If you have completed any missing data, save the new patient folder

by pressing the Save button.

11.2.2.3 Downloading a Worklist for a procedure step

To download a Worklist that refers to a specific procedure step from a DICOM server, do the following:• Press the Patient tab.

The Patient operating mode is activated.

• Press the Worklist button.The filter criteria for limiting the contents of the Worklist to be downloaded are displayed. If you already specified a patient name (Name), patient ID (Patient ID) or a hospital-specific internal administrative number (Access. No.) in the Patient operating mode, this data appears automatically in the corresponding boxes.

11-6 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 137: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

11 DICOM Functions

Fig. 11-4 Filter criteria for limiting the Worklist contents

• Press the Req. Proc. ID button and enter the ID of the desired procedure step.

• If there is any data displayed in the Name, Patient ID and/or Access. No. boxes, press the Delete button.The Name, Patient ID and/or Access. No. boxes are cleared.

• Press the Worklist button.The data of the specified procedure step is downloaded from the DICOM server. The cursor is automatically positioned on the list item.

11-7Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 138: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

11 DICOM Functions

Fig. 11-5 Worklist for a procedure step

• Press the Apply button.The downloaded patient data appears in the input boxes of the Patient operating mode. The new patient folder is automatically activated. A blank fluoroscopy mask with the downloaded patient data appears on the live monitor.

• If necessary, complete any missing data.• If you have completed any missing data, save the new patient folder

by pressing the Save button.

11.3 Saving images from one or several patient folders

DICOM Store If the system is connected to a DICOM network, you can save images from one or more patient folders to a DICOM server.

Transferring images

If you send only images to the DICOM server which are not stored there already, all images are actually transferred and saved. Images that are already stored on the DICOM server are not saved there again. Images that have been downloaded from the DICOM server with the Retrieve function will not be re-transferred to the DICOM server.

CAUTIONNever modify any patient data in a patient folder after having transferred images from this patient folder to the DICOM server!

11-8 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 139: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

11 DICOM Functions

To save all images from one or several patient folders to a DICOM server, do the following:• Press the Archive tab.

The Archive operating mode is activated.

• Position the cursor on the desired patient folder, or mark the desired patient folders.

• Press the DICOM Store button.The marked patient folders are transferred to the DICOM server and saved there.

A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the save operation. The Cancel button appears, enabling you to interrupt the save operation.

Images that have been successfully transferred receive the label D. Once they have been transferred, the patient folders become unmarked.

11.3.1 Saving and printing images and cine loops

Once you have displayed or activated a patient folder, you can save the images and cine loops which are stored there to the DICOM server and/or print them on a DICOM network printer.

For information on generating cine loops, see → Ch. 12, p. 12-1.

To print out images or cine loops on a DICOM network printer, do the following:• Press the Archive tab.

The Archive operating mode is activated.

• Display the desired patient folder (→ Ch. 10.3.2, p. 10-15).or

• Activate the desired patient folder (→ Ch. 10.3.3, p. 10-17).• Position the cursor on the desired image or cine loop.

or

• Mark the images or cine loops you want to print.

or

11-9Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 140: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

11 DICOM Functions

• Press the DICOM Print button.The marked images or cine loops are printed on the DICOM network printer.

A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the print operation. The Cancel button appears, enabling you to interrupt the print operation.

Once they have been printed, the images or cine loops become unmarked.

To save images or cine loops to a DICOM server, do the following:• Press the Archive tab.

The Archive operating mode is activated.

• Display the desired patient folder (→ Ch. 10.3.2, p. 10-15).or

• Activate the desired patient folder (→ Ch. 10.3.3, p. 10-17).• Position the cursor on the desired image or cine loop.

or

• Mark the images or cine loops you want to save.

• Press the DICOM Store button.The marked images or cine loops are transferred to the DICOM server and saved there.

A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the save operation. The Cancel button appears, enabling you to interrupt the save operation.

Images that have been successfully transferred receive the label D. Once they have been saved, the images or cine loops become unmarked.

or

11-10 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 141: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

11 DICOM Functions

11.4 Saving or printing single cine loop images

If the system is connected to a DICOM network, you can save one or several single images from an open cine loop to the DICOM server and/or print them on a DICOM network printer.

To print out images from a cine loop on a DICOM network printer, do the following:• Press the Archive tab.

The Archive operating mode is activated.

• Open the desired cine loop (→ Ch. 12.3, p. 12-4).The individual images of the cine loop are displayed as a thumbnail image mosaic on the reference monitor.

• Position the cursor on the desired image.

or

• Mark the images you want to print.

• Press the DICOM Print button.The marked images are printed on the DICOM network printer.

A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the print operation. The Cancel button appears, enabling you to interrupt the print operation.

Once they have been printed, the images become unmarked.

To save cine loop images to a DICOM server, do the following:• Press the Archive tab.

The Archive operating mode is activated.

• Open the desired cine loop (→ Ch. 12.3, p. 12-4).The individual images of the cine loop are displayed as a thumbnail image mosaic on the reference monitor.

• Position the cursor on the desired image.

or

or

or

11-11Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 142: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

11 DICOM Functions

• Mark the images you want to save.

• Press the DICOM Store button.The marked images are transferred to the DICOM server and saved there.

A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the save operation. The Cancel button appears, enabling you to interrupt the save operation.

Images that have been successfully transferred receive the label D. Once they have been transferred, the images become unmarked.

11.5 Importing images and cine loops from a DICOM server

After displaying or activating a patient folder in the Archive or Patient operating mode, you can download images and cine loops (image level query/retrieve) or entire series of images and cine loops (series level query/retrieve) from the connected DICOM server and save them to the displayed or active patient folder.

You can download images and cine loops with a size of up to 27 MB from the DICOM server. The maximum number of images in each patient folder is not limited as long as the overall storage capacity of the system is not exceeded.

To import one or more images from the DICOM server into a patient folder, do the following:• Press the Archive tab.

The Archive operating mode is activated.

or

• Press the Patient tab.The Patient operating mode is activated.

• Display the desired patient folder (→ Ch. 10.3.2, p. 10-15).or

• Activate the desired patient folder (→ Ch. 10.3.3, p. 10-17).

• Press the Retrieve or DICOM Retrieve button.The Studies, Series and Images lists with the related buttons are displayed on the control panel. The Studies list contains all studies which are available on the server.

or

11-12 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 143: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

11 DICOM Functions

Fig. 11-6 Studies, Series and Images retrieval lists, with items on the Studies list

• Select the desired study from the Studies list using the arrow buttons.

• Press the Refresh button next to the Studies list.All series of the selected study appear in the Series list.

Fig. 11-7 Studies, Series and Images retrieval lists, with items on the Studies and Series lists

11-13Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 144: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

11 DICOM Functions

• Using the arrow buttons, position the cursor on the desired series in the Series list.

• Press the Refresh button next to the Series list.All images of the selected series are displayed in the Images list.

Fig. 11-8 Studies, Series and Images retrieval lists, with items on all lists

• Using the arrow buttons, position the cursor on the image of the Images list you want to import.

or

• Mark the images you want to import in the Images list.

Fig. 11-9 Images list with marked item

• Press the Retrieve button next to the Images list.The marked images are downloaded from the DICOM server to the patient folder. A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the transfer operation.

Images that have been successfully downloaded receive the label R.

or

11-14 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 145: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

11 DICOM Functions

To import a series of images from the DICOM server into a patient folder, do the following:• Press the Archive tab.

The Archive operating mode is activated.

or

• Press the Patient tab.The Patient operating mode is activated.

• Display the desired patient folder (→ Ch. 10.3.2, p. 10-15).or

• Activate the desired patient folder (→ Ch. 10.3.3, p. 10-17).• Press the Retrieve or DICOM Retrieve button.

The Studies, Series and Images lists with the related buttons are displayed on the control panel. The Studies list contains all studies which are available on the server.

Fig. 11-10 Studies, Series and Images retrieval lists, with items on the Studies list

• Select the desired study from the Studies list using the arrow buttons.

CAUTIONDo not switch off the system during image data transfer!

The transfer time depends on the network interface card and the network load.

or

11-15Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 146: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

11 DICOM Functions

• Press the Refresh button next to the Studies list.All series of the selected study appear in the Series list.

Fig. 11-11 Studies, Series and Images retrieval lists, with items on the Studies and Series lists

• Using the arrow buttons, position the cursor in the Series list on the series whose images you want to import.

• Press the Retrieve button.The images of the series are downloaded from the DICOM server to the patient folder. A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the transfer operation.

Images that have been successfully downloaded receive the label R.

CAUTIONDo not switch off the system during image data transfer!

The transfer time depends on the network interface card and the network load.

11-16 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 147: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Cine Loops 1212.1 Overview

GeneralA cine loop consists of several fluoroscopic images that are acquired in sequence. It can be replayed like a movie later and also post-edited.

ApplicationsCine loops are useful whenever dynamic movement needs to be visualized. Typical fields of application are:

− Orthopedics:

You can generate a cine loop for visualizing movements of the skeletal system.

− Vascular surgery:

You can combine a cine loop with DSA (→ Ch. 13.2, p. 13-2) to visualize a contrast medium flow.

12.2 Generating a cine loop

SettingsYou can define the recording speed (frame rate) and the length (number of images) of the sequence for each cine loop you want to acquire. With a maximum system configuration of the Ziehm Vision, the following values are available:

− Recording speed:

1, 2, 4, 8, 12.5 or 25 frames per second(on systems with 25 frames/second)

1, 2, 5, 10, 15 or 30 frames per second(on systems with 30 frames/second and Ziehm Vision FD)

− Length:

100, 200, 300, 400 images per cine loop

If you choose the option Auto, all images that are generated during radiation time are automatically saved. With this option, you do not need to determine the recording length prior to fluoroscopy.

12-1Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 148: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

12 Cine Loops

You can preset the recording speed and the length of the cine loop in the Configuration operating mode under Operation Settings (→ Ch. 20.2.5, p. 20-6). You can, however, modify these settings during operation for each individual cine loop you acquire.

Fig. 12-1 Cine loop settings (on systems with 30 frames/s)

Saving a cine loop The cine loop images are automatically saved during radiation. The first image of the cine loop is saved as the start image, the last one as the stop image.

How many images are actually saved depends on the cine loop length you have chosen:

− If you terminate radiation before reaching the selected cine loop length, only the images generated during radiation time will be saved.

− If radiation is continued beyond the selected cine loop length, only the last images will be saved; the first images are lost.

− If you have chosen the Auto option, all images that are generated during radiation time are automatically saved.

Storage capacity Before you initiate fluoroscopy, the system checks automatically whether there is enough hard disk space available for the preset cine loop. If, despite the auto-delete function (→ p. 8-11), it is not possible to free up enough disk space, an audible alarm sounds and the following alert message appears on the control panel:

Not enough space on hard disk. Required: xyz. Available: xyz.

12-2 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 149: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

12 Cine Loops

To free up disk space for a cine loop, do the following:

• Unprotect all protected images of a stored patient folder (→ p. 10-24) and then delete the patient folder from the hard disk.

or

• Decrease the length of the cine loop you want to acquire.

• Make a backup to a USB storage device or a CD/DVD as soon as possible and then delete the patient folders you have backed up before from the hard disk.

To acquire a cine loop, do the following:• Press the Cine button.

The cine loop setting buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 12-2 Cine loop setting buttons on systems with 25 frames/s (left) and 30 frames/s (right)

• Select the desired cine loop length or the Auto function under Length.

• Select the desired recording speed under Frames/s.• Initiate radiation.

The cine loop is acquired and saved.

• Terminate radiation.The new cine loop is now automatically replayed at the preset frame rate in an endless loop on the live monitor. You can control and edit the cine loop (→ Ch. 12.4, p. 12-6).

NoteAs long as the snapshot fluoroscopy mode is active, the Cine button is hidden on the control panel.

12-3Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 150: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

12 Cine Loops

12.3 Opening a saved cine loop

You can re-open and replay a cine loop saved on the hard disk at any time.

To open a cine loop saved on the hard disk, do the following:• Press the Archive tab.

The Archive operating mode is activated.

• Press the Search button.The input boxes for searching are displayed in the dynamic control area. A list of all patient names is displayed.

Now you can enter the desired search string(s).

• Press the button of the desired input box, e.g. the Last Name button.The button is highlighted in yellow. The cursor jumps to the corresponding input box.

• Enter the search string using the alphanumeric keypad.

With each letter you enter, the alphabetical list is more and more confined to match the search string.

The All button appears, allowing you to re-display the entire list.

• Press the Back button.You are returned to the Archive screen. The data of all patients who match the search string(s) is displayed in the list.

The All button appears, allowing you to re-display the entire list.

• Select the desired patient folder using the arrow buttons.

• Press the OK button.All images contained in this patient folder are displayed as thumbnails on the reference monitor. The most recent image is highlighted by a white frame. Cine loop sequences are symbolized by their last image and bear the label C.

• Select the desired cine loop in the patient folder using the arrow buttons.

NoteThe search function is not case-sensitive.

12-4 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 151: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

12 Cine Loops

• Press the OK button.The first image of the cine loop is displayed at full-screen size on the live monitor. The cine loop number in the patient folder is shown in the image as CINE XY.

The individual images of the cine loop are displayed as a thumbnail mosaic on the reference monitor.

The buttons for controlling and editing a cine loop during playback and for processing and outputting individual cine loop images appear on the control panel:

Fig. 12-3 Archive operating mode during cine loop playback (on systems with 30 frames/s)

• Press the Play button.The cine loop is replayed in an endless loop on the live monitor. During playback, a moving indicator shows the position of the currently displayed image within the cine loop.

The buttons in the dynamic control area are used to control and edit the cine loop which is replayed on the live monitor (→ Ch. 12.4, p. 12-6). If you have opened a DSA cine loop, additional buttons for editing are displayed in the dynamic control area. The buttons in the lower half of the control panel are used to process and output the individual images of the cine loop (→ Ch. 12.6, p. 12-15).

Buttons for controlling and editing the cine loop

Buttons for processing and outputting cine loop images

12-5Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 152: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

12 Cine Loops

12.4 Controlling and editing a cine loop during playback

As soon as a newly-acquired or saved cine loop is replayed on the live monitor, the buttons for controlling and editing the cine loop are displayed in the dynamic control area.

When you replay a DSA cine loop, additional buttons for the following functions are displayed in the dynamic control area:

− Mask image control (→ Ch. 13.6, p. 13-11)

− Pixel shift (→ Ch. 13.7, p. 13-13)

− Landmarking (→ Ch. 13.8, p. 13-14)

Fig. 12-4 Buttons for controlling and editing a cine loop during playback (without DSA) on systems with 25 frames/s (above) and 30 frames/s (below)

All the settings that you make in the dynamic control area always affect the cine loop which is marked by a white frame on the monitor.

You can control cine loop playback in the following ways:

Changing the cine loop speed

• To change the playback speed of the cine loop, choose another value under Frms/s.

• To stop cine loop playback, press the Stop button.The Play button appears.

• To scroll through the cine loop, press the Forward or Backward arrow button.The longer you press the button, the faster the cine loop images are opened one after the other.

• To continue cine loop playback, press the Play button.The Stop button appears.

12-6 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 153: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

12 Cine Loops

Editing optionsThe following options are available for editing a cine loop during playback:

− Trimming the cine loop

− Cleaning up the cine loop

Trimming the cine loop

You can trim the cine loop for playback, e.g. if the contrast medium has been injected too late, thus making the first images of the cine loop useless. This is done by defining a new start image and a new stop image for cine loop playback.

To trim the cine loop, do the following:• Press the Stop button.

Now you can scroll through the individual images of the cine loop with the help of the arrow buttons.

• Select the desired start image using the arrow buttons.

• Press the Start Img button.

• Select the desired stop image using the arrow buttons.

• Press the Stop Img button.The cine loop sequence is trimmed.

• Press the Play button.The trimmed cine loop sequence is replayed in an endless loop.

• To replay the entire original cine loop, press the Complete button.

Cleaning up the cine loop

You can delete all images outside the trimmed cine loop, i.e. those before the start image and those after the stop image.

NoteOnce you have cleaned up the cine loop, you can no longer restore the original cine loop with the Complete button.

12-7Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 154: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

12 Cine Loops

To clean up a cine loop, do the following:• Press the Stop button.

• Press the Clean up button.All images which are not enclosed between the start image and the stop image are deleted without confirmation prompt.

12.5 Processing and outputting saved cine loops

Once you have displayed (→ Ch. 10.3.2, p. 10-15) or activated (→ Ch. 10.3.3, p. 10-17) a patient folder, you can process the images and the cine loops that are stored there. Different read-only boxes and buttons are displayed on the control panel for that purpose. In the mosaic on the reference monitor, cine loop sequences are symbolized by their last image and bear the label C.

Fig. 12-5 Archive operating mode with displayed patient folder

We will now discuss how to process and output cine loops. For information on how to process and output individual images in a patient folder, please refer to → Ch. 10.3.5, p. 10-20.

The following cine loop processing functions are available in a displayed or active patient folder:

− Mark:

To mark one or more cine loops

Buttons for marking and deleting

Buttons for printing

Read-only boxes

Arrow buttons for navigating on the monitor

Buttons for saving

12-8 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 155: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

12 Cine Loops

− Protect:

To protect marked cine loops against being deleted

− Delete:

To delete cine loops

− DICOM Retrieve:

To import cine loops from a DICOM server (→ Ch. 11.5, p. 11-12)

− Print:

To print out marked cine loops on the video printer

− DICOM Print:

To print out marked cine loops on a DICOM network printer (→ Ch. 11.3.1, p. 11-9)

− Floppy: You cannot save a cine loop to floppy disk because a floppy disk stores only one image.

− CD/DVD:

To write marked cine loops to CD or DVD

− USB:

To save marked cine loops to a USB storage device

− DICOM Store:

To save marked cine loops to a DICOM server (→ Ch. 11.3.1, p. 11-9)

Any action which is performed affects exclusively the marked cine loops, or the cine loop where the cursor is. There are, however, a few exceptions to this rule:

− Delete protection: You can only protect the cine loop where the cursor is.

− Delete: You can delete either all marked cine loops, or all unmarked cine loops, or only the cine loop where the cursor is.

As soon as marked cine loops have been output on a printer or saved to a storage medium, they will automatically become unmarked. Protected cine loops, however, will remain delete-protected even after output.

12-9Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 156: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

12 Cine Loops

Image file sizes Images in the following graphics formats have a file size of approx. 2 MB:

− 8 bit BMP

− 16 bit TIF

− DICOM

− Multimedia

Besides that, you may also save the images with reduced resolution and color depth in the following formats:

− DICOM 512×512 8 Bit

− JPEG 512×512

Images with reduced resolution and color depth have a file size of approx. 256 KB (1/4 MB).

Further processing Cine loops that have been saved to a USB storage device or written to CD or DVD cannot be re-imported from the storage medium into the system. For opening and processing these externally saved cine loops, you need a separate PC which is equipped with the appropriate drives and software.

Replaying a cine loop

To replay a cine loop, do the following:

• Select the desired cine loop in the thumbnail mosaic on the reference monitor using the arrow buttons.

• Press the OK button.The start image of the cine loop is displayed on the live monitor.

The individual images of the cine loop are displayed as a thumbnail mosaic on the reference monitor.

The buttons for controlling and editing the selected cine loop (→ Ch. 12.4, p. 12-6) and for processing and outputting single cine loop images (→ Ch. 12.6, p. 12-15) appear on the control panel.

• Press the Play button.The cine loop is replayed on the live monitor.

12-10 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 157: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

12 Cine Loops

MarkingTo mark one or more cine loops, do the following:• Select the desired cine loop on the reference monitor using the arrow

buttons.

• Press the Mark button.The cine loop is now marked and receives the label M.

• If you want to mark further cine loops in addition, repeat the procedure.

To unmark a cine loop, do the following:• Select the desired marked cine loop on the reference monitor using

the arrow buttons.

• Press the Mark button.The cine loop becomes unmarked.

ProtectingTo protect one or more cine loops, do the following:

• Select the desired cine loop on the reference monitor using the arrow buttons.

• Press the Protect button.The cine loop is now protected and receives the label P.

• If you want to protect further cine loops, repeat the procedure.

To unprotect a cine loop, do the following:

• Select the desired protected cine loop using the arrow buttons.• Press the Protect button.

The cine loop becomes unprotected.

NotePatient folders containing protected cine loops or images cannot be deleted automatically. If many folders on the hard disk contain protected cine loops or images, the auto-delete function (→ p. 8-11) may not be working properly, and you will be unable to save new images.

To avoid this situation, regularly back up the patient folders which are still needed to external storage media or to a DICOM server. You can then manually delete those patient folders or unprotect them and allow the auto-delete function to free up space on your hard disk.

12-11Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 158: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

12 Cine Loops

Deleting To delete one or more cine loops from a patient folder, do the following:

• Mark the cine loops you want to delete and press the Delete Marked Items button.The following confirmation prompt is displayed:

or

• Mark the cine loops you do not want to delete and press the Delete Unmarked Items button.The following confirmation prompt is displayed:

or

• Using the arrow buttons, position the cursor on the cine loop you want to delete, and then press the Delete button.The following confirmation prompt is displayed:

• Confirm by pressing the Yes button.The cine loops are deleted from the patient folder.

CAUTIONDeleted cine loops are irretrievably lost.

Back up the cine loops you want to delete or make sure that they are really no longer needed.

or

or

12-12 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 159: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

12 Cine Loops

Printing on video printer

You can mark one or more cine loops and print all images contained in them in one go. Besides, you can print the image displayed on the live monitor (→ Ch. 8.8, p. 8-12).

To print out a cine loop on the video printer, do the following:• Position the cursor on the desired cine loop or mark the cine loops you

want to print.

• Press the Print button.The marked cine loops are output on the video printer mounted in the monitor cart. A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the print operation. The Cancel button appears, enabling you to interrupt the print operation.

Once they have been printed, the cine loops become unmarked.

To print out the live monitor image on the video printer, do the following:• Press the Print Live Monitor Image button.

The image displayed on the live monitor is printed.

Saving to USB storage device

You can save cine loop images to a standard USB storage device in the following formats:

− TIF with 16 bit color depth

− JPEG with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth

− DICOM

− DICOM with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth

The storage format is defined in the Configuration operating mode under Storage Media (→ Ch. 20.5.2, p. 20-14).

Ziehm DICOM Viewer

Whenever you save images in standard DICOM format or ‘reduced’ DICOM format (with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth) to a USB storage device, the Ziehm DICOM Viewer program is automatically saved to the USB storage device as well. This program enables you to view the DICOM images on any PC with Microsoft® Windows operating system (version Microsoft® Windows 98 or higher).

To save cine loops to a USB storage device, do the following:• Position the cursor on the desired cine loop or mark the cine loops you

want to save.

• Plug the USB storage device into the USB port on the monitor cart.

12-13Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 160: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

12 Cine Loops

• Press the USB button.The marked cine loops are saved to the USB storage device. A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the save operation. The Cancel button appears, enabling you to interrupt the save operation.

Once they have been saved, the cine loops become unmarked.

Writing to CD or DVD

You can write cine loop images to CD or DVD in the following formats:

− TIF with 16 bit color depth

− JPEG with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth

− DICOM

− DICOM with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth

− Multimedia (Video CD or MPEG2 format)

The storage format is defined in the Configuration operating mode under Storage Media (→ Ch. 20.5.3, p. 20-15).

Ziehm DICOM Viewer

Whenever you write images in standard DICOM format or ‘reduced’ DICOM format (with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth) to a CD/DVD, the Ziehm DICOM Viewer program is automatically written to the CD/DVD as well. This program enables you to view the DICOM images on any PC with Microsoft® Windows operating system (version Microsoft® Windows 98 or higher).

To write cine loops to CD or DVD, do the following:• Position the cursor on the desired cine loop or mark the cine loops you

want to write to CD or DVD.

• Insert a CD or DVD into the CD or DVD writer mounted in the monitor cart.

• Press the CD/DVD button.The following messages appear one after the other:

Checking CD/DVD...

Write images to CD/DVD?

• Confirm by pressing the Yes button. A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the write operation. The Cancel button appears, enabling you to interrupt the write operation.Once the write operation has been completed successfully, the following message is displayed:

Writing of CD/DVD completed successfully

• Press the OK button.Once they have been written to CD or DVD, the cine loops become unmarked.

12-14 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 161: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

12 Cine Loops

12.6 Processing and outputting single cine loop images

As soon as you open a saved cine loop in the Archive operating mode (→ Ch. 12.3, p. 12-4), the individual images of the cine loop are displayed as a thumbnail mosaic on the reference monitor.

When you place the cursor on an individual image of the thumbnail mosaic, this image is automatically displayed at full-screen size on the live monitor.

The following functions are available for processing single images of a cine loop:

− Mark:

To mark one or more images

− Protect:

To protect images against being deleted

− Delete:

To delete images

− Print:

To print out marked images on the video printer

− DICOM Print:

To print out marked images on a DICOM network printer (→ Ch. 11.4, p. 11-11)

− Floppy:

To save marked images to floppy disk

− CD/DVD:

To write marked images to CD or DVD

− USB:

To save marked images to a USB storage device

− DICOM Store:

To save marked images to a DICOM server (→ Ch. 11.4, p. 11-11)

12-15Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 162: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

12 Cine Loops

Any action which is performed affects exclusively the marked images, or the image where the cursor is. There are, however, a few exceptions to this rule:

− Delete protection: You can only protect the image where the cursor is.

− Delete: You can delete either all marked images, or all unmarked images, or only the image where the cursor is.

As soon as the marked images have been output on a printer or saved to a storage medium, they will automatically become unmarked. Protected images, however, will remain delete-protected even after output.

Further processing Images that have been saved to a floppy disk or a USB storage device or written to CD or DVD cannot be re-imported from the storage medium into the system. For opening and processing these externally saved images, you need a separate PC which is equipped with the appropriate drives and software.

Image file sizes Images in the following graphics formats have a file size of approx. 2 MB:

− 8 bit BMP

− 16 bit TIF

− DICOM

− Multimedia

Besides that, you may also save the images with reduced resolution and color depth in the following formats:

− DICOM 512×512 8 Bit

− JPEG 512×512

Images with reduced resolution and color depth have a file size of approx. 256 KB (1/4 MB).

Marking To mark one or more images of a cine loop, do the following:

• Select the desired image in the thumbnail mosaic on the live monitor using the arrow buttons.

• Press the Mark button.The image is now marked and receives the label M.

12-16 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 163: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

12 Cine Loops

• If you want to mark further images in addition, repeat the procedure.

To unmark an image, do the following:

• Select the desired marked image using the arrow buttons.

• Press the Mark button.

ProtectingTo protect one or more images of a cine loop, do the following:

• Select the desired image in the thumbnail mosaic on the reference monitor using the arrow buttons.

• Press the Protect button.The image is now delete-protected and receives the label P.

• To protect further images, repeat the procedure.

To unprotect an image, do the following:

• Select the desired protected image with the arrow buttons and press the Protect button.

Note

Patient folders containing protected images cannot be deleted automatically. If many folders on the hard disk contain protected images, the auto-delete function (→ p. 8-11) may not be working properly, and you will be unable to save new images.

To avoid this situation, regularly back up the patient folders which are still needed to external storage media or to a DICOM server. You can then manually delete those patient folders or unprotect them and allow the auto-delete function to free up space on your hard disk.

12-17Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 164: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

12 Cine Loops

Deleting To delete one or more images of a cine loop, do the following:

• Mark the images you want to delete.

• Press the Delete Marked Items button.The following confirmation prompt is displayed:

or

• Mark the images you do not want to delete.

Press the Delete Unmarked Items button.The following confirmation prompt is displayed:

or

• Select the individual image you want to delete using the arrow buttons.

• Press the Delete button.

CAUTION

Deleted images are irretrievably lost.

Back up the images you want to delete or make sure that they are really no longer needed.

or

or

12-18 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 165: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

12 Cine Loops

The following confirmation prompt is displayed:

• Confirm by pressing the Yes button.The images are deleted from the patient folder.

Printing on video printer

You can mark one or more images of the cine loop and print them all in one go. Besides, you can print the image displayed on the live monitor (→ Ch. 8.8, p. 8-12).

To print out images from a cine loop on the video printer, do the following:

• Position the cursor on the desired image, or mark the images you want to print.

• Press the Print button.The marked images are printed on the video printer mounted in the monitor cart. A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the print operation. The Cancel button appears, enabling you to interrupt the print operation.

Once they have been printed, the cine loop images become unmarked.

To print out the live monitor image on the video printer, do the following:• Press the Print Live Monitor Image button.

The image displayed on the live monitor is printed.

Saving to floppy disk

You can save cine loop images to floppy disk in 8 bit BMP format only.

The floppy disk must have been preformatted on an external MS DOS® compatible PC. The floppy disk drive which is mounted in the system does not support formatting.

12-19Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 166: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

12 Cine Loops

To save a cine loop image to floppy disk, do the following:

• Position the cursor on the image you want to save.

• Insert a formatted floppy disk into the floppy disk drive mounted in the monitor cart.

• Press the Floppy button.The image is saved to the floppy disk. A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the save operation. The Cancel button appears, enabling you to interrupt the save operation.

Saving to USB storage device

You can save cine loop images to a standard USB storage device in the following formats:

− TIF with 16 bit color depth

− JPEG with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth

− DICOM

− DICOM with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth

The storage format is defined in the Configuration operating mode under Storage Media (→ Ch. 20.5.2, p. 20-14).

Ziehm DICOM Viewer

Whenever you save images in standard DICOM format or ‘reduced’ DICOM format (with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth) to a USB storage device, the Ziehm DICOM Viewer program is automatically saved to the USB storage device as well. This program enables you to view the DICOM images on any PC with Microsoft® Windows operating system (version Microsoft® Windows 98 or higher).

To save cine loop images to a USB storage device, do the following:• Position the cursor on the desired image, or mark the images you

want to save.

• Plug the USB storage device into the USB port on the monitor cart.• Press the USB button.

The marked images are saved to the USB storage device. A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the save operation. The Cancel button appears, enabling you to interrupt the save operation.

Once they have been saved, the cine loop images become unmarked.

Writing to CD or DVD

You can write cine loop images to CD or DVD in the following formats:

− TIF with 16 bit color depth

− JPEG with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth

− DICOM

12-20 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 167: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

12 Cine Loops

− DICOM with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth

− Multimedia (Video CD or MPEG2 format)

The storage format is defined in the Configuration operating mode under Storage Media (→ Ch. 20.5.3, p. 20-15).

Ziehm DICOM Viewer

Whenever you write images in standard DICOM format or ‘reduced’ DICOM format (with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and 8 bit color depth) to a CD/DVD, the Ziehm DICOM Viewer program is automatically written to the CD/DVD as well. This program enables you to view the DICOM images on any PC with Microsoft® Windows operating system (version Microsoft® Windows 98 or higher).

To write cine loop images to CD or DVD, do the following:• Position the cursor on the desired image, or mark the images you

want to write to CD or DVD.

• Insert a CD or DVD into the CD or DVD writer mounted in the monitor cart.

• Press the CD/DVD button.The following messages appear one after the other:

Checking CD/DVD...

Write images to CD/DVD?

Confirm by pressing the Yes button. A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the write operation. The Cancel button appears, enabling you to interrupt the write operation.

Once the write operation has been completed successfully, the following message is displayed:

Writing of CD/DVD completed successfully

• Press the OK button.Once they have been written to CD or DVD, the cine loop images become unmarked.

12-21Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 168: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

12 Cine Loops

12-22 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 169: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Subtraction Modes 1313.1 Overview

ApplicationsThe Ziehm Vision provides three subtraction modes (DSA, MSA and RSA), which are used mainly in vascular surgery. As the generation of an MSA and/or RSA image requires a cine loop with DSA, MSA and RSA can be performed exclusively in conjunction with a DSA.

DSADSA (Digital Subtraction Angiography) mode generates a conventional subtracted image. This means that one image is subtracted from the other, so that only the differences between the images become visible.

On the Ziehm Vision, DSA is always combined with a cine loop (→ Ch. 12, p. 12-1).

MSAMSA (Maximum Opacification Subtraction Angiography) mode generates a subtracted image showing the entire path of the contrast medium flow during the acquisition run with maximum contrast opacification. The MSA image is generated from the DSA cine loop without any additional radiation.

RSAAn RSA image (Roadmapping Subtraction Angiography) is generated in three steps:

− The MSA image is inverted.

− A new DSA image is generated.

− The new DSA image is superimposed over the inverted MSA image.

Thus, during an interventional procedure, surgeons can clearly see where they are moving (e.g. with a catheter) within the contrast medium path generated.

You can acquire as many RSA images as desired during one session.

SavingBefore acquiring a DSA cine loop, you must create or activate a patient folder. The DSA cine loop, the MSA image and the RSA images are saved to the active patient folder in the order in which they have been generated and may be re-opened or post-processed later.

13-1Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 170: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

13 Subtraction Modes

Image types In subtraction mode, three types of images are generated:

− Mask image

The mask image is the fluoroscopic image from which the native images are subsequently subtracted. The mask image is always acquired first.

− Native image

Generally speaking, a native image is an original fluoroscopic image without any modification. In the subtraction modes, the native image is the image which is subtracted from the mask image.

− Subtracted image

A subtracted image is the result of the subtraction process: mask image minus native image.

Showing or hiding the native image

You can preset whether the native image shall appear on the reference monitor during the acquisition of a DSA cine loop, MSA image or RSA image. This is done in the Configuration operating mode under Operation Settings (→ Ch. 20.2.6, p. 20-7). If you deactivate the option DSA Native on, you may display a reference image on the reference monitor during the entire subtraction procedure. If you activate the option DSA Native on, any image which is displayed on the reference monitor will disappear as soon as you switch to the Subtraction operating mode.

Cine loop Each DSA is automatically combined with a cine loop. The first image of the cine loop is saved as the mask image, and all subsequent native images are subtracted from the mask image.

13.2 Acquiring a DSA cine loop

Prerequisite To be able to acquire a DSA cine loop, you must create a new patient folder (→ Ch. 10.2.1, p. 10-3) or activate an existing patient folder (→ Ch. 10.3.3, p. 10-17) first.

Length of the DSA cine loop

With a DSA cine loop, the system automatically saves all images that are generated during radiation time. In the DSA cine loop settings, the Auto option is preset. You cannot select a defined length for a DSA cine loop (→ p. 12-2).

To acquire a DSA cine loop, do the following:• Press the Subtraction tab.

The Subtraction operating mode is activated.

13-2 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 171: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

13 Subtraction Modes

• Press the DSA button.The cine loop setting buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area.

The Auto option is preset under Length and cannot be changed.

• Set the desired frame rate for the DSA cine loop under Frms/s (→ Ch. 12.2, p. 12-1).

• Press the hand switch or the left pedal of the two-pedal foot switch.The following message appears on the control panel:

A countdown of 5 seconds is performed on the live monitor. After 2 seconds, radiation is released automatically.

After the mask has been acquired, the request ...Injection appears on the title bar of the control panel.

• Inject the contrast medium.Cine loop acquisition continues. The subtracted images are displayed on the live monitor. If you have activated the function DSA Native on, the native images are displayed on the reference monitor.

• Terminate radiation.The cine loop is automatically saved to the active patient folder. It is replayed in an endless loop on the live monitor.

The buttons for controlling and editing the cine loop (→ Ch. 12.4, p. 12-6) as well as the MSA (→ Ch. 13.3, p. 13-4), LM (landmarking, → Ch. 13.8, p. 13-14) and P-Sh (pixel shift → Ch. 13.7, p. 13-13) buttons appear in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 13-6 Buttons for controlling and editing a DSA cine loop during playback on systems with 25 frames/s (left) and 30 frames/s (right)

The Subtraction operating mode remains active. When you initiate radiation again, a new DSA cine loop is acquired with the defined settings.

13-3Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 172: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

13 Subtraction Modes

Filter factors Various filter factors can be set for the DSA mode in the Configuration operating mode under Service Settings. You cannot make these presettings yourself.

• Please contact your service engineer if you wish to set or modify the filters for the DSA mode.

Windowing values The initial windowing values (width and level of the contrast window) for the DSA mode can be set in the Configuration operating mode under Service Settings. You cannot make these presettings yourself.

• Please contact your service engineer if you wish to set or modify the windowing values for the DSA mode.

13.3 Acquiring an MSA image

To acquire an MSA image, do the following:

• Generate a DSA cine loop (→ Ch. 13.2, p. 13-2).The cine loop is replayed in an endless loop on the live monitor. The buttons for controlling and editing the cine loop as well as the MSA button appear in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 13-7 Buttons for controlling and editing a DSA cine loop during playback on systems with 25 frames/s (left) and 30 frames/s (right)

• Press the MSA button.The following message appears on the control panel:

An MSA image is generated without any further release of radiation.

The MSA image is automatically saved to the active patient folder.

The buttons for controlling and editing the cine loop disappear from the dynamic control area. The RSA button appears.

13-4 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 173: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

13 Subtraction Modes

Fig. 13-8 Dynamic control area after the acquisition of an MSA image

Filter factorsVarious filter factors can be set for the MSA mode in the Configuration operating mode under Service Settings. You cannot make these presettings yourself.

• Please contact your service engineer if you wish to set or modify the filters for the MSA mode.

Windowing valuesThe initial windowing values (width and level of the contrast window) for the MSA mode can be set in the Configuration operating mode under Service Settings. You cannot make these presettings yourself.

• Please contact your service engineer if you wish to set or modify the windowing values for the MSA mode.

13.4 Acquiring an RSA image

To acquire an RSA image, do the following:

• Generate a DSA cine loop (→ Ch. 13.2, p. 13-2).

• Generate an MSA image (→ Ch. 13.3, p. 13-4).The RSA button appears in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 13-9 Dynamic control area after the acquisition of an MSA image

• Press the RSA button.The RSA button disappears from the dynamic control area, and the buttons for landmarking (→ Ch. 13.8, p. 13-14) and pixel shift (→ Ch. 13.7, p. 13-13) appear instead.

13-5Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 174: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

13 Subtraction Modes

Fig. 13-10 Dynamic control area in RSA mode

• Initiate radiation.A DSA image is generated. The MSA image is inverted, so that the contrast medium path appears white instead of black. The DSA image (not inverted) is superimposed over the MSA image.

• Terminate radiation.The combined last subtracted image remains displayed on the live monitor and is saved automatically to the patient folder.

• If you want to acquire another RSA image, initiate radiation again.You can acquire and save as many RSA images as you wish.

Filter factors Various filter factors can be set for the RSA mode in the Configuration operating mode under Service Settings. You cannot make these presettings yourself.

• Please contact your service engineer if you wish to set or modify the filters for the RSA mode.

Windowing values The initial windowing values (width and level of the contrast window) for the RSA mode can be set in the Configuration operating mode under Service Settings. You cannot make these presettings yourself.

• Please contact your service engineer if you wish to set or modify the windowing values for the RSA mode.

13-6 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 175: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

13 Subtraction Modes

13.5 Generating MSA and RSA images from a saved DSA cine loop

You can open a saved DSA cine loop and generate an MSA image or RSA images later without having to re-inject any contrast medium. You can do this either in the active patient folder (→ Ch. 13.5.1, p. 13-7) or in any patient folder on your system (→ Ch. 13.5.2, p. 13-8).

13.5.1 Opening and postprocessing a DSA cine loop in an active patient folder

To generate MSA or RSA images from a saved DSA cine loop when the respective patient folder is already active, do the following:• Activate the Subtraction operating mode.

• Use the arrow buttons to browse through the active patient folder.The images and cine loops which are stored in the patient folder are displayed at full-screen size on the reference monitor.

• Once you have opened the desired DSA cine loop, press the Image Swapping button.The first image of the DSA cine loop is displayed at full-screen size on the live monitor. The buttons for controlling and editing the cine loop as well as the MSA button appear in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 13-11 Buttons for controlling and editing a DSA cine loop during playback on systems with 25 frames/s (left) and 30 frames/s (right)

• Press the MSA button.The following message appears on the control panel:

An MSA image is generated without any further release of radiation.

The MSA image is automatically saved to the active patient folder.

The buttons for controlling and editing the cine loop disappear from the dynamic control area. The RSA button appears.

13-7Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 176: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

13 Subtraction Modes

Fig. 13-12 Dynamic control area after the acquisition of an MSA image

• Press the RSA button.The RSA button disappears from the dynamic control area, and the buttons for landmarking (→ Ch. 13.8, p. 13-14) and pixel shift (→ Ch. 13.7, p. 13-13) appear instead.

Fig. 13-13 Dynamic control area in RSA mode

• Initiate radiation.A DSA image is generated. The MSA image is inverted, so that the contrast medium path appears white instead of black. The DSA image (not inverted) is superimposed over the MSA image.

• Terminate radiation.The combined last subtracted image remains displayed on the live monitor and is saved automatically to the patient folder.

• If you want to acquire another RSA image, initiate radiation again.You can acquire and save as many RSA images as you wish.

13.5.2 Opening and postprocessing any DSA cine loop

To generate MSA or RSA images from any saved DSA cine loop, do the following:• Press the Archive tab.

The Archive operating mode is activated.

• Select the desired patient folder using the arrow buttons.

13-8 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 177: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

13 Subtraction Modes

• Press the OK button.

• Select the desired DSA cine loop in the patient folder using the arrow buttons.

• Press the OK button.The buttons for controlling and editing the cine loop appear on the control panel. The Subtraction button appears in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 13-14 Buttons for controlling and editing a DSA cine loop, including Subtraction button, on systems with 25 frames/s (above) and 30 frames/s (below)

• Press the Subtraction button in the dynamic control area.The buttons for controlling and editing the cine loop as well as the MSA button appear in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 13-15 Buttons for controlling and editing a DSA cine loop during playback on systems with 25 frames/s (left) and 30 frames/s (right)

• Press the MSA button.The following message appears on the control panel:

13-9Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 178: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

13 Subtraction Modes

An MSA image is generated without any further release of radiation.

The MSA image is automatically saved to the active patient folder.

The buttons for controlling and editing the cine loop disappear from the dynamic control area. The RSA button appears.

Fig. 13-16 Dynamic control area after the acquisition of an MSA image

• Press the RSA button.The RSA button disappears from the dynamic control area, and the buttons for landmarking (→ Ch. 13.8, p. 13-14) and pixel shift (→ Ch. 13.7, p. 13-13) appear instead.

Fig. 13-17 Dynamic control area in RSA mode

• Initiate radiation.A DSA image is generated. The MSA image is inverted, so that the contrast medium path appears white instead of black. The DSA image (not inverted) is superimposed over the MSA image.

• Terminate radiation.The combined last subtracted image remains displayed on the live monitor and is saved automatically to the patient folder.

• If you want to acquire another RSA image, initiate radiation again.You can acquire and save as many RSA images as you wish.

13-10 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 179: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

13 Subtraction Modes

13.6 Editing a DSA cine loop

As soon as a newly-acquired (→ Ch. 13.2, p. 13-2) or saved (→ Ch. 12.3, p. 12-4) DSA cine loop is replayed on the live monitor, the buttons for controlling and editing the cine loop are displayed in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 13-18 Buttons for controlling and editing a DSA cine loop during playback on systems with 25 frames/s (left) and 30 frames/s (right)

All the settings that you make in the dynamic control area always affect the cine loop which is marked by a white frame on the monitor.

You can control cine loop playback in the following ways:

Changing the cine loop speed

• To change the playback speed of the cine loop, choose another value under Frms/s.

• To stop cine loop playback, press the Stop button.The Play button appears.

• To continue cine loop playback, press the Play button.The Stop button appears.

Editing optionsThe following options are available for editing a cine loop during playback:

− Trimming the cine loop

− Cleaning up the cine loop

− Defining another mask image

Trimming the cine loop

You can trim the cine loop for playback, e.g. if the contrast medium has been injected too late, thus making the first images of the cine loop useless. This is done by defining a new start image and a new stop image for cine loop playback.

13-11Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 180: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

13 Subtraction Modes

To trim the cine loop, do the following:• Press the Stop button.

Now you can scroll through the individual images of the cine loop with the help of the arrow buttons.

• Select the desired start image with the arrow buttons and press the Start Img button.

• Select the desired stop image with the arrow buttons and press the Stop Img button.The cine loop sequence is trimmed.

• Press the Play button.The trimmed cine loop sequence is replayed in an endless loop.

• To replay the entire original cine loop, press the Complete button.

Cleaning up the cine loop

You can delete all images outside the trimmed cine loop, i.e. those before the start image and those after the stop image.

To clean up a cine loop, do the following:• Press the Stop button.

• Press the Clean up button.All images which are not enclosed between the start image and the stop image are deleted without confirmation prompt.

Defining a mask image

You can define a mask image other than the original one for a DSA cine loop (→ p. 13-2).

To define an image of the cine loop as mask image, do the following:• Press the Stop button.

Now you can scroll through the individual images of the cine loop with the help of the arrow buttons.

NoteOnce you have cleaned up the cine loop, you can no longer restore the original cine loop with the Complete button.

13-12 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 181: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

13 Subtraction Modes

• Select the image you want to define as mask image with the arrow buttons and press the Mask button.

• Press the Play button.The cine loop is replayed. During cine playback, all images of the cine loop are subtracted from the defined mask image.

To deactivate the mask image, do the following:• Press the Mask off button.

The cine loop is replayed without subtraction. The former mask image remains stored in the cine loop, only its mask function is deactivated.

13.7 Pixel shift

FunctionPossible patient or C-arm movements between the acquisition of the mask image and the acquisition of the native image may lead to artifacts in the subtracted image. Using the pixel shift function, you can move the mask image and thus re-align the two images once again.

You can use the pixel shift function in the following situations:

− After the acquisition of a DSA cine loop in the Subtraction operating mode

− During playback of a saved DSA cine loop in the Archive operating mode

− After the acquisition of an RSA image in the Subtraction operating mode

As long as you have not saved the modified image yet, you can undo the mask image shift with the Home button.

To correct artifacts in a subtracted image, do the following:• Press the P-Sh button.

• Using the four arrow buttons, move the mask image pixel by pixel until it has reached the desired position. You can move the image by up to 8 pixels into each direction.

• Press the Save button.The corrected image is saved.

13-13Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 182: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

13 Subtraction Modes

13.8 Landmarking

Function With the landmarking function, you can superimpose a certain proportion of the mask image (70% max.) onto the subtracted image, thus providing anatomical landmarks for better orientation.

You can use the landmarking function in the following situations:

− After the acquisition of a DSA cine loop in the Subtraction operating mode

− During playback of a saved DSA cine loop in the Archive operating mode

− After the acquisition of an RSA image in the Subtraction operating mode

As long as you have not saved the modified image yet, you can undo the mask image overlay with the Home button.

To overlay a certain proportion of the mask image onto the subtracted image (landmarking), do the following:• Press the LM button.

• To increase the visible mask image amount in the subtracted image, press the Up Arrow button until reaching the desired level.

• To decrease the visible mask image amount in the subtracted image, press the Down Arrow button until reaching the desired level.

• Press the Save button.The image with the mask image overlay is saved.

13-14 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 183: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Post-Processing Images 1414.1 Overview

GeneralSaved images can be post-processed at any time in the Post Process operating mode. Any adjustments which you make in the Post Process operating mode affect only the selected image (exception: monitor settings).

Post-processing functions

The following post-processing functions are available:

− Contrast/Brightness:

Monitor settings

− Contrast/Brightness:

Contrast and brightness adjustment of individual images (windowing)

− Filter:

Edge filter

− Zoom:

To enlarge a selected image detail

− Grayscale Inversion:

To display an image with negative grayscale

− Vertical Slot Collimator:

Digital collimation (image crop)

− Horizontal Slot Collimator:

Digital collimation (image crop)

− Reverse Up/Down:

Vertical image reversal

14-1Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 184: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

14 Post-Processing Images

− Reverse Left/Right:

Horizontal image reversal

− Image Rotation

− Text:

Text functions (→ Ch. 16, p. 16-1)

Saving the changes Any modification is reflected immediately in the live monitor image. When you save an image, any modifications are saved as well and will be visible both when you re-open the image and in mosaic view. However, you can post-process an image as often as desired and also undo any changes you have made before.

14-2 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 185: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

14 Post-Processing Images

14.2 Activating the post-processing functions

To activate an image for post-processing it, do the following:• Locate the desired patient folder in the Archive operating mode and

display it (→ Ch. 10.3.2, p. 10-15).• Open the image you want to post-process.

The selected image is displayed at full-screen size on the live monitor.

• Press the Post Proc. tab.The Post Process operating mode is activated.

Fig. 14-1 Post Process operating mode

Now you can post-process the selected image. You can browse through the active patient folder on the live monitor using the arrow buttons. In addition, you can mark and delete individual images.

14-3Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 186: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

14 Post-Processing Images

14.3 Contrast and brightness settings for the CRT monitors

Function You can adjust the contrast and brightness of both monitors. These settings affect any image or thumbnail image mosaic displayed on the monitors and remain in force until you make new monitor settings or restart the system.

The monitor settings are not saved together with the image.

Initial settings You can preset the initial monitor settings which are valid after power-up of the system for both monitors in the Configuration operating mode under Monitor / Dose (→ Ch. 20.4, p. 20-11).

Fig. 14-2 Monitor settings and step windowing

To adjust the contrast and brightness of both monitors, do the following:• Press the Contrast/Brightness button.

The monitor setting buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 14-3 Monitor setting and step windowing buttons

14-4 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 187: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

14 Post-Processing Images

• Use the arrow buttons to set the desired brightness and contrast.The new settings are reflected immediately on both monitors.

• If you want to restore the initial settings, press the Home button.Contrast and brightness are reset to the initial settings. Step windowing is reset to step 0.

• Press the Contrast/Brightness button.The monitor setting buttons disappear from the dynamic control area.

Ambient light sensor

The Ziehm Vision is equipped with an ambient light sensor. The sensor works automatically, so you do not need to activate it explicitly. The screen brightness is continuously readjusted to match any change in ambient light conditions during operation. The readjustment procedure is quite slow (up to 1 minute in duration) in order to suppress monitor flickering.

Proper functioning of the ambient light sensor can be checked in the Configuration operating mode (→ Ch. 20.4, p. 20-11).

14.4 Contrast and brightness adjustment of individual images (windowing)

FunctionThe Windowing function allows you to adjust the contrast and brightness of the image on the live monitor. These settings affect only the selected image. If you save an image, the modified windowing values are saved as well, even if you have retrieved the image from the archive.

After activating the windowing function, you can select a number of gray levels, which are then stretched over the entire range of 1024 gray levels of the original image on the live monitor. To achieve this effect, you adjust the width and the level of the so-called contrast window.

The number of gray levels defines the width of the contrast window. The width of the contrast window affects the image contrast. 1024 gray levels correspond to the value W 100 on the Ziehm Vision.

The position of the selected gray levels on the original image grayscale (ranging from 0 to 1024 gray levels) defines the level of the contrast window. The level of the contrast window affects the image brightness.

Example:You select all gray levels between 325 and 875. These gray levels are then mapped (stretched) to the range of 0 to 1024 gray levels in the processed image. This enhances the contrast.

14-5Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 188: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

14 Post-Processing Images

Gray levels 0 to 324 of the original image are displayed as black, and gray levels 876 to 1024 of the original image are displayed as white. This means that the processed image is darker than the original image.

There are two different windowing modes available:

− Standard windowing:

The standard windowing mode allows you to freely choose the level and width of the contrast window.

− Step windowing:

With step windowing, you choose between several predefined windowing steps. These windowing steps are preset and cannot be modified.

The chosen windowing values are shown on the monitor as W X and L Y.

To set the brightness and contrast in standard windowing mode, do the following:• Press the Contrast/Brightness button.

The monitor setting buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 14-4 Monitor setting and step windowing buttons

• Press the WNDW button.The windowing setting buttons appear.

Fig. 14-5 Buttons for standard windowing

• Under Width, set the number of gray levels using the arrow buttons.The chosen width is indicated by the length of the blue bar in the dynamic control area. The changes are reflected immediately in the image on the live monitor.

• Under Level, set the brightness range using the arrow buttons.

14-6 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 189: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

14 Post-Processing Images

The chosen level is indicated by the position of the slider in the dynamic control area. The changes are reflected immediately in the image on the live monitor.

• If you want to restore the factory settings (level 50, width 100), press the Home button.

To set the brightness and contrast with step windowing, do the following:• Press the Contrast/Brightness button.

The monitor setting buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 14-6 Monitor setting and step windowing buttons

• Select the desired windowing step using the arrow buttons.The settings are reflected immediately in the image on the live monitor.

• If you want to restore the factory settings for step windowing, press the Home button.Step windowing is reset to step 0. Simultaneously, brightness and contrast are reset to the initial settings.

• Press the Contrast/Brightness button.The monitor setting buttons disappear from the dynamic control area.

14-7Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 190: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

14 Post-Processing Images

14.5 Edge filter

The edge filter allows you to select a greater or lesser degree of edge enhancement within the image. There are 4 levels available:

To set the edge filter for the image, do the following:• Press the Filter button.

The edge filter setting buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 14-7 Edge filter settings

• Select the desired edge filter level by pressing the corresponding button.The filter acts on the live image on the live monitor. The chosen edge filter level is shown on the monitor as RTE X.

• Press the Filter button.The edge filter setting buttons disappear from the dynamic control area.

Level Meaning

Off No edge enhancement (original fluoroscopic image)

1 Slight edge enhancement

2 Medium edge enhancement

3 Strong edge enhancement

-1 Unsharp mask to reduce noise

Table 14-1 Edge filter levels

14-8 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 191: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

14 Post-Processing Images

14.6 Digital image zooming

The zoom function allows you to enlarge a certain image detail. There are three zoom levels available. The desired image detail can be controlled either with the arrow buttons or with the integrated touchpad.

Fig. 14-8 Zoom function in the Post Process operating mode

To enlarge an image detail, do the following:• Press the Zoom button.

The active image also appears on the reference monitor.

The zoom function buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 14-9 Zoom function settings

• Select the desired zoom factor by pressing the corresponding button, e.g. 4 X.A marking circle appears in the center of the image on the live monitor. The image area within the marking circle is displayed on the reference monitor with the chosen zoom level.

• Move the marking circle to the desired image area using the arrow buttons.The chosen image detail is displayed on the reference monitor with the chosen zoom level.

Touchpad

14-9Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 192: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

14 Post-Processing Images

• If you want to move the marking circle back to the center of the live image, press the Home button.

• Press the Zoom button.The zoom function buttons disappear from the dynamic control area.

To enlarge an image detail with the help of the touchpad, do the following:• Press the Zoom button.

The active image also appears on the reference monitor.

The zoom function buttons are displayed in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 14-10 Zoom function settings

• Select the desired zoom factor by pressing the corresponding button, e.g. 4 X.A marking circle appears in the center of the image on the live monitor. The image area within the marking circle is displayed on the reference monitor with the chosen zoom level.

• Move the marking circle to the desired position by gliding your finger slightly across the touchpad.The chosen image detail is displayed on the reference monitor with the chosen zoom level.

• If you want to move the marking circle back to the center of the live image, press the Home button.

• Press the Zoom button.The zoom function buttons disappear from the dynamic control area.

14-10 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 193: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

14 Post-Processing Images

14.7 Grayscale inversion

FunctionThe grayscale inversion function allows you to represent the active image with a negative grayscale.

To represent an image with a negative (or positive) grayscale, do the following:• Press the Grayscale Inversion button.

The image is represented with negative grayscale on the live monitor.

• Press the Grayscale Inversion button again.The image is again represented with a positive grayscale.

14.8 Image rotation

• Press the Rotate Image CW button until the desired setting becomes visible on the live monitor.The image is rotated steplessly in clockwise direction.

• Press the Rotate Image CCW button until the desired setting becomes visible on the live monitor.The image is rotated steplessly in counter-clockwise direction.

The chosen angle of rotation is shown on the monitor as R X.

Ziehm Vision FDAs soon as an image is rotated, it assumes a circular shape. The image has a square shape only in the following angle positions: 0°/360°, 90°, 180°, 270°.

14.9 Horizontal and vertical image reversal

• Press the Reverse Up/Down button.On the live monitor, the image appears with top and bottom reversed, and a symbol for up/down reversal is displayed.

• Press the Reverse Left/Right button.On the live monitor, the image appears with left and right side reversed, and a symbol for left/right reversal is displayed.

14-11Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 194: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

14 Post-Processing Images

Image reversal is symbolized on the monitor by an R which is either mirrored left-right or upside-down.

14.10 Digital collimation (image crop)

• Press the Close Vertical Slot Collimator button until the desired setting becomes visible on the live monitor.The vertical slot collimator closes steplessly.

• Press the Open Vertical Slot Collimator button until the desired setting becomes visible on the live monitor.The vertical slot collimator opens steplessly.

• Press the Close Horizontal Slot Collimator button until the desired setting becomes visible on the live monitor.The horizontal slot collimator closes steplessly.

• Press the Open Horizontal Slot Collimator button until the desired setting becomes visible on the live monitor.The horizontal slot collimator opens steplessly.

14.11 Marking and deleting images

Browsing through the patient folder

You can browse through an active patient folder in the Post Process operating mode without having to switch to the Archive operating mode. The live monitor always shows the selected image at full-screen size.

Marking To mark one or more images, do the following:• Select the desired image on the live monitor using the arrow buttons.

• Press the Mark button.The image is now marked and receives the label M.

• If you want to mark further images in addition, repeat the procedure.

14-12 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 195: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

14 Post-Processing Images

To unmark an image, do the following:• Select the desired marked image on the live monitor using the arrow

buttons.

• Press the Mark button.The image becomes unmarked.

ProtectingTo protect one or more images, do the following:• Select the desired image on the live monitor using the arrow buttons.

• Press the Protect button.The image is now protected and receives the label P.

• If you want to protect further images, repeat the procedure.

To unprotect an image, do the following:• Select the desired protected image using the arrow buttons.

• Press the Protect button.The image becomes unprotected.

NotePatient folders containing protected images cannot be deleted automatically. If many folders on the hard disk contain protected images, the auto-delete function (→ p. 8-11) may not be working properly, and you will be unable to save new images.

To avoid this situation, regularly back up the patient folders which are still needed to external storage media or to a DICOM server. You can then manually delete those patient folders or unprotect them and allow the auto-delete function to free up space on your hard disk.

14-13Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 196: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

14 Post-Processing Images

To delete one or more images from a patient folder, do the following:

• Mark the images you want to delete and press the Delete Marked Items button.The following confirmation prompt is displayed:

or

• Mark the images you do not want to delete and press the Delete Unmarked Items button.The following confirmation prompt is displayed:

or

• Select the individual image you want to delete using the arrow buttons.

• Press the Delete button.The following confirmation prompt is displayed:

CAUTIONDeleted images are irretrievably lost.

Back up the images you want to delete or make sure that they are really no longer needed.

or

or

14-14 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 197: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

14 Post-Processing Images

• Confirm by pressing the Yes button.The images are deleted from the patient folder.

14.12 Outputting images

Output optionsYou can save individual images to hard disk (→ Ch. 8.7, p. 8-10) or floppy disk or print them on the video printer in the Post Process operating mode as well. These actions are always applied to the selected image or to the marked images.

When you save an image, the changes applied to it are saved as well and will be visible the next time you open the image. However, you can post-process an image as often as desired and also undo any changes you have made before.

Saving to floppy disk

You can save images to floppy disk in 8 bit BMP format only.

A 3.5" high-density floppy disk (1.44 MB) stores one image. The floppy disk must have been preformatted on an external MS DOS® compatible PC. The floppy disk drive which is mounted in the system does not support formatting.

To save an image to floppy disk, do the following:• Mark the image you want to save.

• Insert a formatted floppy disk into the floppy disk drive mounted in the monitor cart.

• Press the Floppy Disk button.The marked image is saved to the floppy disk. A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the save operation.

Once it has been saved, the image becomes unmarked.

14-15Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 198: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

14 Post-Processing Images

To print images on the video printer, do the following:• Select the image you want to print.

or

• Mark the images you want to print.

• Press the Print button.The marked images are printed on the video printer mounted in the monitor cart. A progress indicator in a message window on the control panel informs you about the status of the print operation.

Once they have been printed, the images become unmarked.

or

14-16 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 199: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Measurements 1515.1 Measuring functions

GeneralThe Ziehm Vision lets you measure various distances and angles in a saved fluoroscopic image. You can use the same measuring method several times in an image.

Fig. 15-1 Measurement operating mode

The following functions are available for that purpose:

− Calibration:

To have an absolute scale for measurements, you must acquire the length of a reference object prior to each measurement.

− Length or distance (2-Point):

Measures the length of a line.

− 3-point measurement (3-Point):

Measures the lengths of two contiguous lines and the interior angle between them. In addition, the angle difference to a full circle is calculated.

− 4-point measurement (4-Point):

Measures the lengths of two noncontiguous lines and the angle between them. In addition, the angle difference to 180° is calculated.

15-1Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 200: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

15 Measurements

− 4-point ratio measurement (4-Point Ratio)

Computes the length ratio between two lines.

All measurements you perform in a fluoroscopic image are shown simultaneously in the image. The measuring points are identified by capital letters which are assigned in alphabetic order. This means that the designation of the measuring points may vary, depending on the order in which you perform the different measurements.

Measuring inaccuracy

The larger the distance between the object of measurement and the image intensifier, the more inaccurate the measurement will be. Therefore position the object of measurement as closely as possible to the image intensifier or use the electronic magnification function, especially if the object of measurement is very small.

The measuring resolution on the screen is 512 pixels. With a 31 cm i.i., this results in a pixel distance of 310/512 = 0.6 mm in relation to the object of measurement.

Zoom function If you change the zoom factor (→ Ch. 14.6, p. 14-9) after making a measurement, the measured values will no longer be correct. In this case, the following message will be displayed on the control panel: Measurement invalid due to zoom factor change.

Thumbnail mosaic The measurements that you have performed on an image are not visible in the thumbnail mosaic view.

Cine loop When you perform a measurement on a cine loop image and save it, this measurement is saved for all images of the cine loop and visible in all cine loop images.

15-2 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 201: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

15 Measurements

15.2 Calibrating

To have an absolute scale for a measurement, you must first acquire a reference length. For that purpose, you must screen a reference object of a known length or distance (e.g. a ruler or a balloon catheter with radiopaque markers). Then you mark the known distance or length in the fluoroscopic image and enter the corresponding value manually.

Fig. 15-2 Calibrating

Validity of the calibration

Measurements on a fluoroscopic image will only provide accurate results if, during the acquisition of the relevant calibration image, the reference object has been placed in exactly the same plane as the object to be measured later.

If the position of the patient or the C-arm is changed after the calibration, you must repeat the calibration before performing a new measurement.

To perform a calibration, do the following:

Designation of the measuring points

The measuring points may have different designations, depending on the order in which the measurements are performed (→ p. 15-2). In the following procedure, the measuring points are designated as A and B by way of example.

• Screen the reference object in the Fluoroscopy operating mode.The reference object must be in the same plane as the object you want to measure.

The image is displayed on the live monitor.

• Press the Measure tab. The Measurement operating mode is activated.

• Press the Calibration button.

Point A Point B

15-3Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 202: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

15 Measurements

The buttons and boxes for the calibration function are displayed in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 15-3 Calibration function

Two white marker squares appear in the fluoroscopic image on the live monitor; they mark the exact measuring points. The measuring points are called A and B, and the marker square next to point A is highlighted by a double frame.

The two marker squares are connected by a line. This line symbolizes the reference length which is to be determined.

• Move marker square A with the four arrow buttons to the desired first measuring point on the reference object, e.g. the first radiopaque marker on a balloon catheter.

• Press the Next Measuring Point button.Marker square B is now highlighted by a double frame.

• Move the second marker square with the four arrow buttons to the desired second measuring point on the reference object, e.g. the second radiopaque marker on a balloon catheter.

• Enter the length of the reference object in the Reference Length input box.

• Press the Enter button.

• If you wish to modify the length you have entered, press the Delete button and enter another value.

• Press the OK button.The acquired and saved calibration value remains in force until you switch off the system.

15-4 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 203: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

15 Measurements

15.3 Measuring a length or distance

This function measures the distance between any two points defined by you.

Fig. 15-4 Distance measurement

PrerequisiteTo be able to measure a length or distance, you must perform a calibration first (→ Ch. 15.2, p. 15-3). The calibration value remains in force until you switch off the system.

To measure a length or distance, do the following:

Designation of the measuring points

The measuring points may have different designations, depending on the order in which the measurements are performed (→ p. 15-2). In the following procedure, the measuring points are designated as A and B by way of example.

• Open the desired image in the Archive operating mode (→ Ch. 10.3, p. 10-7).

• Press the Measure tab.The Measurement operating mode is activated. The selected image is displayed at full-screen size on the live monitor.

• Press the 2-Point button.

The buttons for controlling the length or distance function are displayed in the dynamic control area.

Point A Point B

NoteIf the 2-Point button is unavailable, you must perform a calibration first.

15-5Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 204: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

15 Measurements

Fig. 15-5 Length or distance function

Two white marker squares appear in the fluoroscopic image on the live monitor; they mark the exact measuring points. The measuring points are called A and B, and the marker square next to point A is highlighted by a double frame.

The two marker squares are connected by a line. This line symbolizes the length or distance which is to be determined.

• Move marker square A to the starting point of the desired line using the four arrow buttons.The Reference Length read-only box shows the reference length which was entered during calibration.

The Length 1 read-only box shows the current length of the distance.

• When the marker square has reached the desired starting point, press the Next Measuring Point button.Marker square B is now highlighted by a double frame.

• Move the second marker square to the final point of the desired length or distance using the four arrow buttons.The current length of the distance is indicated in the Length 1 read-only box on the control panel. The value is immediately adjusted as soon as you change the position of one of the two measuring points.

• If you want to change the position of a measuring point, press the Next Measuring Point button until the desired marker square starts flashing, and then move it to the desired new position.The length of the modified distance is indicated in the Length 1 read-only box on the control panel.

• Press the OK button.

• Press the Save button.The image with the measurement is saved.

15-6 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 205: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

15 Measurements

Editing a distance or length measurement

You can edit any distance or length measurement as long as the patient folder containing the image with the respective measurement is active.

To edit a distance or length measurement, do the following:• Press the Edit button.

The marker square is on one of the measuring points.

• Press the Next Measuring Point button until the marker square is on the measuring point whose position you want to change.

• Move the marker square to the desired position using the arrow buttons.

• Press the OK button.

• Press the Save button.You can repeat this procedure as often as you want as long as the patient folder is active.

To delete a length or distance measurement, do the following:• Press the Delete button.

The measured length or distance is deleted.

To jump from one measurement to the next one, do the following:• Press the Edit button.

The marker square is on one of the measuring points of the first measurement.

• Press the Edit button.The marker square jumps to one of the measuring points of the next measurement.

• Repeat these two steps until the marker square has reached one of the measuring points of the desired measurement.

NoteYou cannot edit any distance/length measurements in images that have been retrieved from the archive. The arrow buttons are unavailable. However, you can delete existing length or distance measurements and make new ones.

15-7Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 206: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

15 Measurements

15.4 3-point measurement

A 3-point measurement determines the lengths of two contiguous lines, the angle between them and the angle difference to a full circle.

Fig. 15-6 3-point measurement

Prerequisite To be able to measure a length or distance, you must perform a calibration first (→ Ch. 15.2, p. 15-3). The calibration value remains in force until you switch off the system.

To perform a 3-point measurement, do the following:

Designation of the measuring points

The measuring points may have different designations, depending on the order in which the measurements are performed (→ p. 15-2). In the following procedure, the measuring points are designated as A, B and C by way of example.

• Open the desired image in the Archive operating mode (→ Ch. 10.3, p. 10-7).

• Press the Measure tab.The Measurement operating mode is activated. The selected image is displayed at full-screen size on the live monitor.

• Press the 3-Point button.

The buttons for controlling the 3-point measurement function are displayed in the dynamic control area.

360° – Angle

Point B

Angle

Point A Point C

NoteIf the 3-Point button is unavailable, you must perform a calibration first.

15-8 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 207: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

15 Measurements

Fig. 15-7 3-point measurement function

Three white marker squares appear in the fluoroscopic image on the live monitor; they mark the exact measuring points. The measuring points are called A, B and C, and the marker square next to point A is highlighted by a double frame.

• Move the marker square to the desired point A using the four arrow buttons.

• Press the Next Measuring Point button.Marker square B is now highlighted by a double frame.

The Reference Length read-only box shows the reference length which was entered during calibration.

The current length and angle values are displayed together with their designations in the Length 1 (distance 1), Length 2 (distance 2), Angle (interior angle) and 360° – Angle (angle difference to a full circle) read-only boxes. The values are immediately adjusted as soon as you change the position of one of the measuring points.

• Move the second marker square to the desired point B using the four arrow buttons.

• Press the Next Measuring Point button.Marker square C is now highlighted by a double frame.

• Move the third marker square to the desired point C using the four arrow buttons.

• If you want to change the position of a measuring point, press the Next Measuring Point button until the desired marker square starts flashing, and then move it to the desired new position.The new values of the modified distances are indicated in the respective boxes on the control panel.

15-9Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 208: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

15 Measurements

• Press the OK button.

• Press the Save button.The image with the measurement is saved.

Editing a 3-point measurement

You can edit any 3-point measurement as long as the patient folder containing the image with the respective measurement is active.

To edit a 3-point measurement, do the following:• Press the Edit button.

The marker square is on one of the measuring points.

• Press the Next Measuring Point button until the marker square is on the measuring point whose position you want to change.

• Move the marker square to the desired position using the arrow buttons.

• Press the OK button.

• Press the Save button.You can repeat this procedure as often as you want as long as the patient folder is active.

To delete a 3-point measurement, do the following:• Press the Delete button.

The 3-point measurement is deleted.

To jump from one measurement to the next one, do the following:• Press the Edit button.

The marker square is on one of the measuring points of the first measurement.

NoteYou cannot edit any 3-point measurements in images that have been retrieved from the archive. The arrow buttons are unavailable. However, you can delete existing 3-point measurements and make new ones.

15-10 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 209: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

15 Measurements

• Press the Edit button.The marker square jumps to one of the measuring points of the next measurement.

• Repeat these two steps until the marker square has reached one of the measuring points of the desired measurement.

15.5 4-point measurement

A 4-point measurement determines the lengths of two noncontiguous lines, the angle between them and the angle difference to 180°.

Fig. 15-8 4-point measurement

PrerequisiteTo be able to measure a length or distance, you must perform a calibration first (→ Ch. 15.2, p. 15-3). The calibration value remains in force until you switch off the system.

To perform a 4-point measurement, do the following:

Designation of the measuring points

The measuring points may have different designations, depending on the order in which the measurements are performed (→ p. 15-2). In the following procedure, the measuring points are designated as A, B,C and D by way of example.

• Open the desired image in the Archive operating mode (→ Ch. 10.3, p. 10-7).

• Press the Measure tab.The Measurement operating mode is activated. The selected image is displayed at full-screen size on the live monitor.

• Press the 4-Point button.

Angle

180° – Angle

Point BPoint C

Point A

Point D

15-11Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 210: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

15 Measurements

The buttons for controlling the 4-point measurement function are displayed in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 15-9 4-point measurement function

Four white marker squares appear in the fluoroscopic image on the live monitor; they mark the exact measuring points. The measuring points are called A, B, C and D, and the marker square next to point A is highlighted by a double frame.

• Move the marker square to the desired point A using the four arrow buttons.

• Press the Next Measuring Point button.Marker square B is now highlighted by a double frame.

The Reference Length read-only box shows the reference length which was entered during calibration.

The current length and angle values are displayed together with their designations in the Length 1 (distance 1), Length 2 (distance 2), Angle (interior angle) and 180° – Angle read-only boxes. The values are immediately adjusted as soon as you change the position of one of the measuring points.

• Move the second marker square to the desired point B using the four arrow buttons.

• Press the Next Measuring Point button.Marker square C is now highlighted by a double frame.

• Move the third marker square to the desired point C using the four arrow buttons.

NoteIf the 4-Point button is unavailable, you must perform a calibration first.

15-12 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 211: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

15 Measurements

• Press the Next Measuring Point button.Marker square D is now highlighted by a double frame.

• Move the marker square to the desired point D using the four arrow buttons.

• If you want to change the position of a measuring point, press the Next Measuring Point button until the desired marker square starts flashing, and then move it to the desired new position.The new values of the modified distances are indicated in the respective boxes on the control panel.

• Press the OK button.

• Press the Save button.The image with the measurement is saved.

Editing a 4-point measurement

You can edit any 4-point measurement as long as the patient folder containing the image with the respective measurement is active.

To edit a 4-point measurement, do the following:• Press the Edit button.

The marker square is on one of the measuring points.

• Press the Next Measuring Point button until the marker square is on the measuring point whose position you want to change.

• Move the marker square to the desired position using the arrow buttons.

• Press the OK button.

NoteYou cannot edit any 4-point measurements in images that have been retrieved from the archive. The arrow buttons are unavailable. However, you can delete existing 4-point measurements and make new ones.

15-13Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 212: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

15 Measurements

• Press the Save button.You can repeat this procedure as often as you want as long as the patient folder is active.

To delete a 4-point measurement, do the following:• Press the Delete button.

The 4-point measurement is deleted.

To jump from one measurement to the next one, do the following:• Press the Edit button.

The marker square is on one of the measuring points of the first measurement.

• Press the Edit button.The marker square jumps to one of the measuring points of the next measurement.

• Repeat these two steps until the marker square has reached one of the measuring points of the desired measurement.

15-14 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 213: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

15 Measurements

15.6 4-point ratio measurement

A 4-point ratio measurement determines the lengths of two noncontiguous lines and their length ratio.

Fig. 15-10 4-point ratio measurement

PrerequisiteTo be able to measure a length or distance, you must perform a calibration first (→ Ch. 15.2, p. 15-3). The calibration value remains in force until you switch off the system.

To perform a 4-point ratio measurement, do the following:

Designation of the measuring points

The measuring points may have different designations, depending on the order in which the measurements are performed (→ p. 15-2). In the following procedure, the measuring points are designated as A, B,C and D by way of example.

• Open the desired image in the Archive operating mode (→ Ch. 10.3, p. 10-7).

• Press the Measure tab.The Measurement operating mode is activated. The selected image is displayed at full-screen size on the live monitor.

• Press the 4-Point Ratio button.

The buttons for controlling the 4-point ratio measurement function are displayed in the dynamic control area.

Point BPoint C

Point A

Point D

NoteIf the 4-Point Ratio button is unavailable, you must perform a calibration first.

15-15Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 214: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

15 Measurements

Fig. 15-11 4-point ratio measurement function

Four white marker squares appear in the fluoroscopic image on the live monitor; they mark the exact measuring points. The measuring points are called A, B, C and D, and the marker square next to point A is highlighted by a double frame.

• Move the marker square to the desired point A using the four arrow buttons.

• Press the Next Measuring Point button.Marker square B is now highlighted by a double frame.

The Reference Length read-only box shows the reference length which was entered during calibration.

The current length and length ratio values are displayed in the Length 1 (distance 1), Length 2 (distance 2) and Length 1 / Length 2 (length ratio) read-only boxes. The values are immediately adjusted as soon as you change the position of one of the measuring points.

• Move the second marker square to the desired point B using the four arrow buttons.

• Press the Next Measuring Point button.Marker square C is now highlighted by a double frame.

• Move the third marker square to the desired point C using the four arrow buttons.

• Press the Next Measuring Point button.Marker square D is now highlighted by a double frame.

• Move the marker square to the desired point D using the four arrow buttons.

15-16 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 215: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

15 Measurements

• If you want to change the position of a measuring point, press the Next Measuring Point button until the desired marker square starts flashing, and then move it to the desired new position.The new values of the modified distances are indicated in the respective boxes on the control panel.

• Press the OK button.

• Press the Save button.The image with the measurement is saved.

Editing a 4-point ratio measurement

You can edit any 4-point ratio measurement as long as the patient folder containing the image with the respective measurement is active.

To edit a 4-point ratio measurement, do the following:• Press the Edit button.

The marker square is on one of the measuring points.

• Press the Next Measuring Point button until the marker square is on the measuring point whose position you want to change.

• Move the marker square to the desired position using the arrow buttons.

• Press the OK button.

• Press the Save button.You can repeat this procedure as often as you want as long as the patient folder is active.

To delete a 4-point ratio measurement, do the following:• Press the Delete button.

The 4-point ratio measurement is deleted.

NoteYou cannot edit any 4-point ratio measurements in images that have been retrieved from the archive. The arrow buttons are unavailable. However, you can delete existing 4-point ratio measurements and make new ones.

15-17Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 216: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

15 Measurements

To jump from one measurement to the next one, do the following:• Press the Edit button.

The marker square is on one of the measuring points of the first measurement.

• Press the Edit button.The marker square jumps to one of the measuring points of the next measurement.

• Repeat these two steps until the marker square has reached one of the measuring points of the desired measurement.

15-18 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 217: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Displayed Texts and Text Functions 1616.1 Overview

Shape of displayed image

On a Ziehm Vision, the image always has a circular shape. On a Ziehm Vision FD, the image normally has a square shape. As soon as an image is rotated on a Ziehm Vision FD, it assumes a circular shape. The image has a square shape only in the following angle positions: 0°/360°, 90°, 180°, 270°.

Image informationSome image information is always displayed automatically as text on the monitor. Detailed patient and image data can be found on the control panel (→ Ch. 10.3, p. 10-7).

In addition, you may enter your own text or markers directly onto the fluoroscopic image in a text annotation area on the monitor and save a note together with the image.

16.2 Image information on the monitor

16.2.1 Upper left corner of the monitor

Patient dataIn this area, the last name, first name, patient ID and date of birth of the patient are displayed. Patient data is entered or corrected in the Patient operating mode (→ Ch. 10.2, p. 10-2).

16.2.2 Upper right corner of the monitor

Hospital dataIn this area, the name of the hospital, the attending physician and department are displayed.

The hospital data can be entered in the Configuration operating mode under Basic Settings (→ Ch. 20.3.3, p. 20-10) and may have been corrected later in the Patient operating mode, if necessary (→ Ch. 10.2.1, p. 10-3).

Image number and label

As soon as you have saved an image, its image number is displayed (→ Ch. 8.7, p. 8-10). For marked or protected images, the label M or P is displayed directly behind the image number.

16-1Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 218: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

16 Displayed Texts and Text Functions

DICOM status If the image has already been transferred to a DICOM server (→ Ch. 11.3.1, p. 11-9) or imported from a DICOM server into the Ziehm Vision (→ Ch. 11.5, p. 11-12), a label saying DICOM X is displayed:

− DICOM D: The image has been transferred successfully to the DICOM server

− DICOM C: The image has been transferred successfully to the DICOM server and stored safely (Storage Commitment)

− DICOM R: The image has been imported from the DICOM server into the Ziehm Vision

Image type If a cine loop, DSA, MSA or RSA image is displayed, a corresponding label (CINE, DSA, MSA, RSA) shows up.

16.2.3 Lower left corner of the monitor

Image reversal Image reversal is symbolized on the monitor by an R which is either mirrored upside-down or left-right. This symbol appears in the following cases:

− The live image is reversed (→ Ch. 9.10.1, p. 9-16).

− An image which has been saved with reversal is displayed (→ Ch. 14.9, p. 14-11).

Recursive filter The chosen recursive filter level (→ Ch. 9.4.1, p. 9-7) is shown as NR X.

Edge filter The chosen edge filter level (→ Ch. 9.4.2, p. 9-8 or → Ch. 14.5, p. 14-8) is shown as RTE X.

Stack filter The chosen stack filter level (→ Ch. 9.4.3, p. 9-9) is shown as LIH X.

Angle of rotation The angle of rotation which has been chosen for the image (→ Ch. 9.10.2, p. 9-17 or → Ch. 14.8, p. 14-11) is shown as R X.

Windowing values The chosen windowing values (→ Ch. 9.3, p. 9-4 or → Ch. 14.4, p. 14-5) are shown as W X and L Y.

Time and date of saving

The time and date of saving are automatically assigned by the system and cannot be edited.

16-2 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 219: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

16 Displayed Texts and Text Functions

16.2.4 Lower right corner of the monitor

Fluoroscopy parameters

The following fluoroscopy parameters are displayed here:

− Tube voltage in kV

− Tube current in mA

− Dose area product in cGy cm2

− Total radiation time accumulated until now for the active patient folder in seconds (→ Ch. 8.6, p. 8-10)

The values are automatically assigned by the system and cannot be edited.

Image magnification level

Furthermore, the image magnification level chosen for the image is shown as MAG X.

Anatomical program

Below the fluoroscopy parameters, an abbreviation indicates which anatomical program was used for generating the image:

Abbreviation Anatomical program

BONE Bones

HRT Heart

ABD Abdomen

SOFT Soft

DSA DSA

MSA MSA

RSA RSA

Table 16-1 Abbreviations for anatomical programs

16-3Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 220: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

16 Displayed Texts and Text Functions

16.3 Entering and editing text

Activating the Text operating mode

You can activate the Text operating mode from the following operating modes:

− Fluoroscopy

− Subtraction

− Post Process

− Measurements

• Simply press the Text button in the corresponding operating mode.The Text operating mode is activated.

Fig. 16-1 Text operating mode

You may add the following elements to a fluoroscopic image on the live monitor:

− Any desired text

− An arrow in various sizes pointing to different directions

− The markers L or R in various sizes

The arrow and the marking letters are available in three sizes (large, medium, small). The chosen size is indicated in the center of the arrow block. The default size is always large. The size can be modified with the Size button.

16-4 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 221: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

16 Displayed Texts and Text Functions

Fig. 16-2 Arrow block and size indication

Thumbnail mosaicThe texts, markers or arrows that you have added to the image are not visible in the thumbnail mosaic view.

NoteIn the Text operating mode, you may furthermore enter a note on the current image. This note is displayed in the Archive operating mode together with the image information (→ Fig. 10-6, p. 10-16).

To add a text to the fluoroscopic image, do the following:• Press the Text button.

The cursor on the control panel jumps to the text input box.

• Enter the desired text using the alphanumeric keypad which is displayed on the control panel.

The text appears both in the input box on the control panel and in the fluoroscopic image on the monitor. The text in the fluoroscopic image is surrounded by a marker frame.

• Move the text to the desired position using the arrow buttons.• If you want to undo an input, press the Cancel button.

The text and its position are deleted.

or

• If you want to confirm your input, press the OK button.The marker frame disappears. The text input box on the control panel is cleared.

• Press the Save button.

NoteTo type an uppercase letter, press and release the Shift key before entering the respective letter. The Shift key is valid for one subsequent letter. If you want to type several consecutive uppercase letters, press the Caps Lock key before entering the letters.

or

16-5Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 222: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

16 Displayed Texts and Text Functions

• Press the Back button.The previously active operating mode is reactivated.

To add a marker to the fluoroscopic image, do the following:

• Select the arrow or the marking letter you want to insert by pressing the corresponding button.The arrow or the marking letter appear in the fluoroscopic image on the monitor.

• Move the arrow or marking letter to the desired position using the arrow buttons.

• Press the Size button until the desired size has been reached.The chosen size (large, medium, small) is indicated in the center of the arrow block.

• If you want to undo an input, press the Cancel button.The arrow or marking letter and its position are deleted.

or

• If you want to confirm your input, press the OK button.

• Press the Save button.

• Press the Back button.The previously active operating mode is reactivated.

To edit a text annotation, do the following:• Press the Edit button until the cursor on the monitor jumps to the

annotation you want to edit.

• Enter the new text using the alphanumeric keypad.

To delete a text annotation, do the following:• Press the Edit button until the cursor on the monitor jumps to the

annotation you want to delete.• Press the Delete button.

To edit a marker, do the following:• Press the Edit button until the cursor on the monitor jumps to the

marker you want to edit.

• Make the desired changes.

or

16-6 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 223: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

16 Displayed Texts and Text Functions

To delete a marker, do the following:• Press the Edit button until the cursor on the monitor jumps to the

marker you want to delete.• Press the Delete button.

To enter a note on an image, do the following:• Press the Note button.

The cursor on the control panel jumps to the note input box.

• Enter the desired note using the alphanumeric keypad which is displayed on the control panel.

• Press the Save button.

NoteTo type an uppercase letter, press and release the Shift key before entering the respective letter. The Shift key is valid for one subsequent letter. If you want to type several consecutive uppercase letters, press the Caps Lock key before entering the letters.

16-7Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 224: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

16 Displayed Texts and Text Functions

16-8 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 225: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Image Documentation 1717.1 Overview

Optionally, different image documentation systems can be incorporated into the monitor cart.

The following systems are available:

− Video printer

− Video cassette recorder

Up to 2 of these systems can be accommodated in the mounting frame below the control panel.

The following documentation options are available in addition:

− Storage media: CD or DVD (→ p. 10-27), USB storage device (→ p. 10-27), floppy disk (→ p. 10-26)

− DICOM interface (→ p. 11-1)

17.2 Output to video printer

The print live monitor image function is available in the following operating modes: Fluoroscopy, Subtraction, Post Process, Measurement and Archive. This function is only enabled if the monitor cart is equipped with a video printer. The function always prints out the image which is displayed at full-screen size on the live monitor.

To print out the image on the live monitor on the video printer, do the following:• Press the Print Live Monitor Image button.The text information that is displayed on the monitor together with the image (name of the patient, angle of rotation of the image, etc.) will appear as a text block on a gray background at the left margin of the printout.

If you have performed measurements in an image and saved them subsequently, the measured values are printed on a second page.

NoteWhen you launch the print job directly from the video printer, the resulting hard copy will be an exact reproduction of the live monitor.

17-1Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 226: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

17 Image Documentation

Further information For further information, please refer to the video printer’s separate operating instructions provided with this system.

17.3 Record and playback on video cassette recorder

The VCR button is displayed on the control panel only if the monitor cart is equipped with a video cassette recorder. The video cassette recorder is controlled using buttons that appear on the control panel.

Fig. 17-1 Buttons for controlling the video cassette recorder

Automatic recording

If you have activated the Automatic Recording function, video recording starts automatically as soon as you release radiation.

If you have not activated the Automatic Recording function, you must start video recording with the buttons on the control panel.

To activate the Automatic Recording function, do the following:• Press the VCR button.

The buttons for controlling the video cassette recorder are displayed in the dynamic control area.

• Press the Automatic Recording option.The check box receives a check mark. The Automatic Recording function is active now.

To record fluoroscopic images to video tape, do the following:

• Insert a video tape into the video cassette recorder.• Press the VCR button.

The buttons for controlling the video cassette recorder are displayed in the dynamic control area.

• Press the REC button on the control panel.The REC+Play+PAUSE buttons are active now.

17-2 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 227: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

17 Image Documentation

• If you have activated the Automatic Recording function: Initiate radiation.The PAUSE button is automatically deactivated and the fluoroscopic images are recorded on the video tape.

or

• If you have not activated the Automatic Recording function: Press the PAUSE button.The fluoroscopic images are recorded on the video tape.

• Terminate radiation.or

• Press the PAUSE button.Video recording stops.

PlaybackYou can replay the recorded images using the integrated video cassette recorder. The images are displayed on the live monitor.

To replay the fluoroscopic images on the video cassette recorder, do the following:

• Insert the video tape into the video cassette recorder.• Press the VCR button.

The buttons for controlling the video cassette recorder are displayed in the dynamic control area.

• Press the Play button on the control panel.The fluoroscopic images are displayed one after the other on the live monitor.

• Press the PAUSE button.A still image is displayed on the live monitor.

The video image is available at the video output socket for further processing.

Further informationFor further information, please refer to the video cassette recorder’s separate operating instructions supplied with this system.

or

17-3Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 228: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

17 Image Documentation

17-4 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 229: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Laser Positioning Device 18As an option, the system may be equipped with a laser positioning device at the image intensifier and/or generator.

The laser positioning device uses diode laser modules which emit laser radiation. Do not under any circumstances look directly at the laser beam or any scattered laser radiation – either with the naked eye or with optical instruments.

The laser positioning device is a Class 2M laser product according to IEC 60825-1:2001-11. Make sure to comply with all operating safety precautions when using the laser positioning device. The maximum output of continuous laser radiation, measured at the beam exit, is <1 mW. The wavelength of the emitted radiation is 635 nm.

The laser positioning device generates a laser-beam crosshair, the central point of which marks the position of the central X-ray beam on the patient.

For safety, the laser positioning device is switched off automatically after 1 minute.

18.1 Applications

You can use the laser positioning device for the following tasks:

− As alignment aid for positioning the C-arm

− For foreign body localization

− As a navigational aid for nail fixations

WARNINGLASER RADIATION – DO NOT LOOK INTO THE BEAM!

Do not look directly with optical instruments into the laser beam apertures, since doing so can be hazardous to your eyes!

Laser Class II in accordance with FDA 21 CFR, Subchapter J, section 1040.10-11.

Please observe the provisions of IEC 60825-1:2001, Section 3, “User’s Guide” for operation of the laser positioning device.

18-1Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 230: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

18 Laser Positioning Device

Positioning aid The laser positioning device allows you to position the C-arm exactly above the patient without having to initiate radiation:

• Press the Laser button.A laser-beam crosshair is generated, the central point of which corresponds to the position of the central X-ray beam.

• Position the C-arm in such a way above the patient that the central point of the laser-beam crosshair is exactly in the center of the region to be screened.

• Initiate radiation.

Foreign body localization

You can use the laser positioning device also for foreign body localization: For that purpose, you must activate the on-screen crosshair on the monitor first (→ Ch. 20.2.3, p. 20-4).

To localize a foreign body with the help of the laser positioning device, do the following:• Initiate radiation.

The foreign body becomes visible in the image on the live monitor.

• Position the C-arm in such a way above the patient that the center of the crosshair on the screen lies exactly over the foreign body in the fluoroscopic image.

• Press the Laser button. The laser positioning device’s laser-beam crosshair now marks the patient’s skin exactly above the point where the foreign body lies, thus allowing a precise determination of the point of surgical incision.

18-2 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 231: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Direct Radiography 1919.1 Overview

The Ziehm Vision can also be used for making direct radiographic film exposures. This option is not available for the Ziehm Vision FD.

Direct radiographies are only possible if your system is equipped with a film cassette holder (optional accessory).

19.2 Fitting the film cassette holder

To fit the film cassette holder for direct radiographic exposures onto the image intensifier, do the following:

• Pull the spring-loaded securing lever on the film cassette holder outward.

• Slide the film cassette holder over the supporting ridge on the image intensifier.

• Release the spring-loaded securing lever.

• The securing lever engages above the supporting ridge.

• Insert a loaded film cassette fully into the film cassette holder from the side.

Fig. 19-1 Fitting the film cassette holder and inserting the film cassette

Image intensifier

Film cassette holderSecuring lever

Film cassette

19-1Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 232: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

19 Direct Radiography

19.3 Making a direct radiographic exposure

For direct radiography, you can set the following maximum collimator apertures for the film or cassette size used:

31 cm image intensifier (not available in the U.S.A.):

− 24 cm

− 30 cm; the visible image has a diameter of max. 27 cm

23 cm image intensifier:

− 24 cm; the visible image has a diameter of 23 cm

Manual settings For tube voltage, use the value that the system has automatically selected during the previous fluoroscopy. If necessary, you can correct this value manually.

The mAs value (tube current in mA × time in seconds) is always set manually.

The tube current ranges from 15 mA to 20 mA. The system automatically adjusts this value to reach the manually set value. The exposure time is also computed automatically from the manually set value and appears rounded to the first digit after the decimal point on the display.

To make a direct radiographic exposure, do the following:

• Press the Radiography tab.The Radiography operating mode is activated. The buttons for controlling the direct radiography functions are displayed in the dynamic control area.

WARNINGMake sure that the selected collimator aperture does not exceed the cassette size used.

WARNINGMake sure that the film cassette holder is properly attached to the image intensifier, so that the cassette cannot fall down onto the patient!

19-2 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 233: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

19 Direct Radiography

Fig. 19-2 Radiography operating mode (film size 30 cm is not available in the U.S.A.)

• Select the desired film size (e.g. 24 cm) by pressing the button with the same label.In the U.S.A., only the film size 24 cm is available.

• Set the desired tube voltage value using the arrow buttons.The selected value appears on the Voltage display.

• Set the desired tube current × time (mAs) value using the arrow buttons.The selected value appears on the mAs display.

• Initiate radiation using the hand switch. In the Radiography operating mode, you cannot initiate radiation with the foot switch.An audible alarm will sound throughout the entire exposure time. Radiation is terminated automatically after the preset exposure time. You can interrupt the exposure before the selected exposure time has elapsed by releasing the hand switch.

• Withdraw the film cassette.

• Remove the film cassette holder from the image intensifier.

19-3Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 234: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

19 Direct Radiography

19-4 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 235: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

System Configuration 2020.1 Overview

GeneralIn the Configuration operating mode, you can make a wide variety of presettings.

The following setting options are available for that purpose:

− Operation settings

− Basic settings

− Defining the initial settings for the monitors, checking the sensor and the dose meter (Monitor / Dose)

− Managing storage media (Storage Media)

Service settingsThe Vision Center control panel on the C-arm stand also provides access to the Service Settings. This access is password-protected. Consequently, the following settings and/or actions can and must be made by a service engineer only:

− Settings for anatomical programs

− DICOM settings

− Collimator adjustments

− Uploading machine data to floppy disk

20-1Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 236: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

20 System Configuration

20.2 Operation settings

Function Under Operation Settings you define the settings which determine the operational conditions during fluoroscopy.

• Press the Config tab.The Configuration operating mode is activated. The Operation Settings controls appear.

Fig. 20-1 Configuration operating mode

20.2.1 Autotransfer

Moving the fluoroscopic image

Under Autotransfer you activate or deactivate the Autotransfer function (automatic image swapping).

Fig. 20-2 Autotransfer

− Autotransfer activated:

When you initiate radiation, the fluoroscopic image on the live monitor is moved automatically to the reference monitor.

20-2 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 237: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

20 System Configuration

− Autotransfer deactivated:

When you initiate radiation, the fluoroscopic image on the live monitor is automatically deleted.

When you switch on the system, the Autotransfer function is deactivated by default. If you activate the Autotransfer function during operation, it will be deactivated automatically when you switch off the system.

To activate the Autotransfer function, do the following:• Press the Config tab.

The Configuration operating mode is activated. The Operation Settings controls appear.

• Press the Autotransfer option.The check box receives a check mark.

• Press the Apply button.The Autotransfer function remains active until you switch off the system.

20.2.2 Autostore

Under Autostore you activate or deactivate the autostore (automatic saving) function.

Fig. 20-3 Autostore

− Autostore activated:

During each fluoroscopy, a new image will be saved automatically as soon as you terminate radiation.

− Autostore deactivated:

The system does not save the images automatically. You must save the desired fluoroscopic images manually (→ p. 8-10).

When you switch on the system, the autostore function is deactivated by default. If you activate the autostore function during operation, it will be deactivated automatically when you switch off the system.

Alternatively, you can activate the autostore function by means of the Save button (→ p. 8-11).

20-3Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 238: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

20 System Configuration

To activate the autostore function, do the following:• Press the Config tab.

The Configuration operating mode is activated. The Operation Settings controls appear.

• Press the Autostore option.The check box receives a check mark.

• Press the Apply button.The autostore function remains active until you switch off the system.

20.2.3 Displaying a crosshair

Positioning aid Under Crosshair you determine whether a crosshair is displayed as positioning aid (e.g. for foreign body localization, see → Ch. 18.1, p. 18-1) in the image on the live monitor during fluoroscopy. The central point of the crosshair corresponds to the position of the central X-ray beam. In addition you can set whether you want to activate the crosshair together with the laser positioning device (→ Ch. 18.1, p. 18-1) when pressing the Laser button.

Fig. 20-4 Crosshair

− Crosshair activated:

The crosshair is always displayed in the image on the live monitor.

− Crosshair deactivated:

No crosshair is displayed on the live monitor.

When you switch on the system, the crosshair is deactivated by default. If you display the crosshair during operation, this setting will be valid only for the current session.

− with Laser on activated:

When you press the Laser button, the crosshair is activated together with the laser positioning device.

− with Laser on deactivated:

When you press the Laser button, only the laser positioning device is activated.

To display the crosshair, do the following:• Press the Config tab.

The Configuration operating mode is activated. The Operation Settings controls appear.

20-4 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 239: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

20 System Configuration

• Press the Crosshair option.The check box receives a check mark.

• Press the Apply button.The crosshair remains displayed until you switch off the system.

To have the crosshair activated with the Laser button, do the following:• Press the Config tab.

The Configuration operating mode is activated. The Operation Settings controls appear.

• Press the Crosshair – with Laser on option.The check box receives a check mark.

• Press the Apply button.When you press the Laser button, the crosshair is activated together with the laser positioning device.

20.2.4 Defining the start screen

Under Start Screen you determine which operating mode is activated by default after power-up of the Ziehm Vision.

Fig. 20-5 Start screen

The following options are available:

− Fluoro:

After power-up of the system, the Fluoroscopy operating mode is activated.

− Subtraction:

After power-up of the system, the Subtraction operating mode is activated.

− Patient:

After power-up of the system, the Patient operating mode is activated.

The default start screen is configured according to the customer’s wishes.

To define the start screen, do the following:• Press the Config tab.

The Configuration operating mode is activated. The Operation Settings controls appear.

• Press the option for the desired operating mode.

20-5Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 240: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

20 System Configuration

• Press the Apply button.As from the next power-up of the system, the selected operating mode will be activated automatically.

20.2.5 Cine loop settings

Under Cine you preset the recording speed (frame rate) and length for the acquisition of cine loops. You can change these preset values during operation for each cine loop you acquire.

Fig. 20-6 Cine loop settings

To preset the recording speed for cine loops, do the following:• Press the Config tab.

The Configuration operating mode is activated. The Operation Settings controls appear.

• Select the desired value for the recording speed (in frames per second) under Rate with the help of the arrow buttons.

• Press the Apply button.When you acquire a cine loop, the selected value is preset under Frames/s (→ p. 12-3).

To preset the length of cine loops, do the following:• Press the Config tab.

The Configuration operating mode is activated. The Operation Settings controls appear.

• Select the desired number of frames under Length with the help of the arrow buttons.

• Press the Apply button.When you acquire a cine loop, the selected value is preset under Length (→ p. 12-3).

20-6 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 241: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

20 System Configuration

20.2.6 Showing or hiding the native image

Under DSA you determine whether the native image is displayed on the reference monitor during generation of a DSA/MSA/RSA (→ Ch. 13.2, p. 13-2, → Ch. 13.3, p. 13-4, → Ch. 13.4, p. 13-5).

Fig. 20-7 Showing or hiding the native image

− Native on activated:

When you generate a DSA cine loop or MSA/RSA images, the native image is displayed on the reference monitor.

− Native on deactivated:

When you generate a DSA cine loop or MSA/RSA images, the native image is not displayed. Before switching to the Subtraction operating mode, you may open a reference image on the reference monitor, which remains displayed there during the entire subtraction process.

To display the native image in the Subtraction operating mode, do the following:• Press the Config tab.

The Configuration operating mode is activated. The Operation Settings controls appear.

• Press the option Native on under DSA.The check box receives a check mark.

• Press the Apply button.When you generate a DSA cine loop or MSA/RSA images, the native image is displayed on the reference monitor.

20.2.7 Discarding the operation settings

After having defined or modified the operation settings, these settings must be applied first in order to become valid in the system. As long as the settings or changes have not been applied yet, you can discard them, so that the previous settings remain valid.

To discard the operation settings which have not been applied yet, do the following:• Press the Cancel button.or

• Quit the Configuration operating mode without applying the settings.

20-7Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 242: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

20 System Configuration

20.3 Basic settings

Function Under Basic Settings you make different settings which directly affect the user interface, e.g. default data for the date or department.

Usually, the basic settings are made by the service engineer when putting the system into service. However, you can modify the basic settings if you wish to.

• Press the Basic Settings button.The controls and input boxes for the basic settings are displayed in the dynamic control area.

Fig. 20-8 Basic settings

20.3.1 Setting the system date and the system time

The system date and the system time must be entered once in order to enable the unit to store and display the date and time of saving together with the image data.

Date format The displayed date format may vary depending on the customer-specific settings (order of day, month and year; dot or slash as date separator). The set date format is also used for displaying patient data in the Patient (→ Ch. 10.2, p. 10-2) and Archive (→ Ch. 10.3, p. 10-7) operating modes. Throughout this manual, the DD.MM.YYYY date format is used.

• If you want to change the date format, please contact your service engineer.

20-8 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 243: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

20 System Configuration

To set the system date and system time, do the following:• Press the Config tab.

The Configuration operating mode is activated.

• Press the Basic Settings button.The controls and input boxes for the basic settings are displayed in the dynamic control area.

• Press the Time button.The button is highlighted in yellow, and the cursor jumps to the Time input box.

• Enter the system time in the Time input box using the format hh:mm:ss.

• Press the Date button.The button is highlighted in yellow, and the cursor jumps to the Date input box.

• Enter the system date in the Date input box.• Press the Apply button.

20.3.2 Determining the live monitor

Under Live Image you determine which monitor will serve as the live monitor.

The live monitor is the monitor where the live fluoroscopic image is displayed. The remaining monitor serves as reference monitor, where the saved fluoroscopic images from the image memory are opened and displayed.

Fig. 20-9 Determining the live monitor

The following options are available:

− Live Image left:

The left monitor is the live monitor and the right monitor is the reference monitor

− Live Image right:

The right monitor is the live monitor and the left monitor is the reference monitor

20-9Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 244: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

20 System Configuration

To determine the live monitor, do the following:• Press the Config tab.

The Configuration operating mode is activated.

• Press the Basic Settings button.The controls and input boxes for the basic settings are displayed in the dynamic control area.

• Press the option Live Image left or Live Image right.• Press the Apply button.

20.3.3 Entering the hospital data

In order to avoid having to type the same hospital data for each new patient folder you create, you can enter default data for the Hospital, Department and Doctor input boxes (→ Ch. 10.2.1, p. 10-3). This data appears automatically in the Patient operating mode.

To define default data for the Hospital, Department and Doctor input boxes, do the following:• Press the Config tab.

The Configuration operating mode is activated.

• Press the Basic Settings button.The controls and input boxes for the basic settings are displayed in the dynamic control area.

• Press the Hospital button.The button is highlighted in yellow, and the cursor jumps to the Hospital input box.

• Enter the desired name in the Hospital input box.• Press the Department button and enter the desired name in the

Department input box.• Press the Doctor button and enter the desired name in the Doctor

input box.• Press the Apply button.

20-10 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 245: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

20 System Configuration

20.3.4 Discarding the basic settings

After having defined or modified the basic settings, these settings must be applied first in order to become valid in the system. As long as the settings or changes have not been applied yet, you can discard them, so that the previous settings remain valid.

To discard the basic settings which have not been applied yet, do the following:• Press the Cancel button.or

• Quit the Configuration operating mode without applying the settings.

20.4 Monitor / Dose

FunctionUnder Monitor / Dose, you can define the initial settings for the monitors, check proper functioning of the integrated ambient light sensor and perform a dose meter check (→ Appendix A.1.4, p. A-2).

Fig. 20-10 Monitor settings, ambient light sensor

Initial settings for monitors

Under Brightness and Contrast you define the default settings for both monitors after power-up of the system.

20-11Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 246: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

20 System Configuration

To define the initial settings for the monitors, do the following:• Press the Monitor / Dose button.

The monitor setting controls appear.

Fig. 20-11 Initial monitor settings

• Use the arrow buttons under Brightness and Contrast to set the desired brightness and contrast.

• Press the Apply button.The values for the initial monitor settings are saved now. When you switch on the system the next time, the chosen initial monitor settings are valid.

Ambient light sensor

The ambient light sensor is always active. It measures the ambient light level and continuously readjusts the screen brightness to match any change in the ambient light conditions. The readjustment procedure is quite slow (up to 1 minute in duration) in order to suppress monitor flickering.

Fig. 20-12 Sensor indicator

To check the correct functioning of the ambient light sensor, do the following:• Press the Monitor / Dose button.

• Watch the Sensor indicator to see whether the ambient light sensor reacts to changes in the ambient light level.

20-12 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 247: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

20 System Configuration

20.5 Storage media

FunctionUnder Storage Media you can define the graphics formats used for saving images to different storage media and delete data from different external storage media.

Fig. 20-13 Storage media

Image file sizesImages in the following graphics formats have a file size of approx. 2 MB:

− 8 bit BMP

− 16 bit TIF

− DICOM

− Multimedia

Besides that, you may also save the images with reduced resolution and color depth in the following formats:

− DICOM 512×512 8 Bit

− JPEG 512×512

Images with reduced resolution and color depth have a file size of approx. 256 KB (1/4 MB).

20-13Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 248: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

20 System Configuration

20.5.1 Floppy disk storage format

Graphics formats When you save selected images to a floppy disk in the Archive operating mode (→ p. 10-26), the images are saved automatically in 8 bit BMP format.

Consequently, 8 Bit BMP is automatically set under Floppy Format.

Fig. 20-14 Floppy disk format

20.5.2 Defining the USB device storage format

Graphics formats For saving selected images to a USB storage device in the Archive operating mode (→ p. 10-27), the following graphics formats are available:

− TIF with a color depth of 16 bit (for further use on a PC)

− JPEG with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and a color depth of 8 bit (for further use on a PC)

− DICOM (for further use on a DICOM network or viewing with a DICOM viewer)

− DICOM with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and a color depth of 8 bit (for further use on a DICOM network or viewing with a DICOM viewer)

Under USB Format you determine which of these graphics formats is used for saving images to a USB storage device. In the Archive operating mode, you have no possibility to set the desired graphics format when saving.

Fig. 20-15 USB Format

20-14 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 249: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

20 System Configuration

To define the USB device storage format, do the following:• Press the Config tab.

The Configuration operating mode is activated.

• Press the Storage Media button.

• Press the desired storage format option under USB Format.• Press the Apply button.

20.5.3 Defining the CD / DVD storage format

CD writer or DVD writer

Depending on the chosen configuration, your Ziehm Vision may be equipped with a CD writer or alternatively with a DVD writer. With a CD writer, data can be written to or retrieved from CDs only. With a DVD writer, data can be written to or retrieved from both CDs and DVDs.

Graphics formatsFor writing selected images to CD or DVD in the Archive operating mode (→ p. 10-27), the following graphics formats are available:

− TIF with a color depth of 16 bit (for further use on a PC)

− JPEG with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and a color depth of 8 bit (for further use on a PC)

− DICOM (for further use on a DICOM network or viewing with a DICOM viewer)

− DICOM with a resolution of 512×512 pixels and a color depth of 8 bit (for further use on a DICOM network or viewing with a DICOM viewer)

− Multimedia (Video CD or MPEG2 format, for playback on a PC and DVD player)

Under CD/DVD you determine which of these graphics formats is used for writing images to CD or DVD. In the Archive operating mode, you have no possibility to set the desired graphics format when saving.

Fig. 20-16 CD/DVD format

20-15Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 250: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

20 System Configuration

To define the CD/DVD storage format, do the following:• Press the Config tab.

The Configuration operating mode is activated.

• Press the Storage Media button.

• Press the desired storage format option under CD / DVD Format.• Press the Apply button.

20.5.4 Deleting data from storage media

To delete all images from a floppy disk, do the following:• Press the Config tab.

The Configuration operating mode is activated.

• Press the Storage Media button.

• Press the Erase Floppy Disk button.The following confirmation prompt is displayed: Do you really want to erase the floppy disk?

• Confirm by pressing the Yes button.All images are deleted from the floppy disk.

To delete all images from a USB storage device, do the following:• Press the Config tab.

The Configuration operating mode is activated.

• Press the Storage Media button.

• Press the Erase USB button.The following confirmation prompt is displayed: Do you really want to erase the USB device?

• Confirm by pressing the Yes button.All images are deleted from the USB storage device.

20-16 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 251: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

C-Arm Power Assist (U.S. Option) 2121.1 Function

The C-arm Power Assist – an optional accessory for peripheral vascular flow procedures – is a joystick-controlled, motor-driven package for power-assisted positioning of the mobile imaging system. One set of motors drives the mobile imaging system left and right, parallel to the patient, while another motor extends and retracts the C-arm across the patient. Therefore, the C-arm can be driven, instead of pushed, along a desired path to visualize the vascular anatomy of a contrast media injection.

21.2 Operating instructions

Each steering wheel has a cable guard to push cables on the floor out of the way. These guards interfere with the power-assisted drive engagement when they are in the upward position. Therefore, make sure that all guards are pushed down before engaging the Power Assist.

Fig. 21-1 Push cable guards down

NoteThe C-arm Power Assist does not contain any additional circuitry that emits electromagnetic interference, and is not affected by electromagnetic interference.

21-1Ziehm Vision26366-5.04.EN.00

Page 252: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

21 C-Arm Power Assist (U.S. Option)

21.3 Using the C-arm Power Assist

• Pull the steering & braking lever upward to release the wheel brake (→ Fig. 21-2, p. 21-2).

• Stand at the rear of the C-arm and turn the steering & braking lever clockwise until you see the green engagement indicator light illuminate. This will occur when the handle points directly to the left.

• Release the extend/retract brake on the C-Arm.

Fig. 21-2 Steering & braking lever and indicator light

• Hold the joystick (in either hand) with the flat portion of the joystick body towards you. Rest your thumb on the flat area of the joystick body, as shown in → Fig. 21-3, p. 21-3.

NoteNotice that in power-assist mode the direction of the lower wheels is fixed parallel to the patient.

Drive system status light (green when lit)

Steering & braking lever. Pull up to release brake.

21-2 Ziehm Vision26366-5.04.EN.00

Page 253: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

21 C-Arm Power Assist (U.S. Option)

Fig. 21-3 Joystick

• To drive the C-arm base left, push the joystick to the left and vice versa. Push the joystick back or forward to retract or extend the C-arm.

• There are two fluoro activation buttons. Press either to activate fluoroscopy.

Use index finger to activate fluoro button

Image grab button

Rest thumb across flat portion of joystick body

NoteYou should be facing the C-arm control panel when using the joystick.

WARNINGUse care when handling the joystick. The buttons on the side of the joystick deliver an X-ray dose when pressed.

21-3Ziehm Vision26366-5.04.EN.00

Page 254: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

21 C-Arm Power Assist (U.S. Option)

21-4 Ziehm Vision26366-5.04.EN.00

Page 255: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

A.1 Regular checks

A.1.1 Routine checks to be performed by the user

The following safety checks must be performed at regular intervals:

Check Interval Remarks

X-ray generator Monthly Check for physical damage.

Radiation switches Monthly Must initiate radiation only if pressed permanently. Releasing them must terminate radiation after 1 sec max. (depending on the stack filter settings).

Radiation signals Monthly During the exposure, the yellow radiation warning lamp on top of the monitor housing and the X-ray symbol on the control panel must be illuminated.

Audible alarm Monthly Must sound in direct radiography mode during the whole exposure time, and in fluoroscopy mode after 5 min.

Information labels Monthly All warning and information labels must be properly attached and easily legible.

Power cable Monthly Must not show any signs of physical damage.

C-arm stand wheels

Whenever necessary

Clean when dirty.

Table A-1 Regular checks

NoteA detailed maintenance schedule can be found in the “Ziehm Vision Technical Manual”. Technical information necessary to repair or upgrade the Ziehm Vision system will be made available by Ziehm Imaging to authorized and qualified personnel upon request.

A-1Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 256: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

A.1.2 Consistency test according to national regulations

At regular intervals, at least once a month, you must check whether the system shows any deviations from the reference values by performing a consistency test.

A.1.3 Checking the exposure rate control

Quantitative method:The system is in its initial state after switching it on.

The following value must be achieved:

70+3kV

Measured with a patient equivalent filter 25 mm Al + 1.5 mm Cu inserted in the X-ray beam.

A.1.4 Dose meter check (optional feature)

Test interval You should check the dose meter each time you switch on the system. You must perform and document a dose meter check once a month when you perform the consistency test.

To test the dose meter, do the following:• Press the Config tab.

The Configuration operating mode is activated.

• Press the Monitor / Dose button.The ambient light sensor indicator and the Dose Meter Check button appear in the dynamic control area.

NoteThe relevant radiation protection regulations of the country of installation must be observed.

A-2 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 257: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

Fig. A-1 Sensor / dose meter check functions

• Press the Dose Meter Check button.The test is started. It takes 30 seconds. A message window with a progress indicator and the message DAP test running is displayed. A Cancel button appears in addition, enabling you to interrupt the check.

Once the test is complete, and if the measured values are within the tolerance limits, the message DAP ok; actual value: xyz is displayed.

If the measured values are beyond the tolerance limits, the following message appears:

DAP fault; nominal value: x, actual value: y

• Confirm by pressing the Yes button.

• If the values are beyond the tolerance limits, repeat the dose meter check.

• If the values measured are still beyond the tolerance limits, contact your service engineer.

A-3Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 258: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

A.1.5 Checking the useful beam

Inspection interval Together with the consistency test, it is necessary to check the size and centering of the useful X-ray beam.

Centering To determine the correct alignment of the ray beam to the center of the image intensifier and any possible deviation, do the following:

• Angulate the C-arm by 180°, so that the X-ray generator is above and the image intensifier is below.

• Place a reference or test object (e.g. measuring board, graduated collimator test tool) exactly in the center of the image intensifier.

• Close the iris collimator as far as possible and initiate radiation by pressing the hand or foot switch. The object should appear exactly in the center of the fluoroscopic image.

Collimator diameter accuracy

The size of the collimator diameter in the image plane must not differ from the nominal image diameter by more than 2% of the source–image receptor distance (SID). The SID and the nominal image diameter depend on the image intensifier size.

Maximum radiation field size

When the iris collimator is completely open, the edges of the collimator must be just visible on the monitor.

Size SID Nominal image size31 cm 97 cm Dia. 27.0 cm23 cm 97 cm Dia. 20.1 cm

Digital flat-panel detector

111 cm 19.8 cm × 19.8 cm

Table A-2 Nominal image diameter

WARNINGContact your after-sales service center in case of any non-conformities!

A-4 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 259: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

A.1.6 Leakage in the cooling system

Moisture penetration

If you observe any moisture on the outside of the C-arm stand during operation, leakage of the cooling system might be the reason. Cooling may be diminished or fail completely in such cases.

Leakage in the generator

If there is leakage in the generator area, the cooling pump switches off, and a message window with an alert appears on the control panel.

A.1.7 Gettering the image intensifier tube (n/a for Ziehm Vision FD)

Increasing the useful life

To increase the useful life of the image intensifier, we recommend gettering the image intensifier tube after a period of 6 months of continuous non-use or storage.

To getter the image intensifier tube, do the following:

• Switch on the system.

• Leave it switched on for at least 1 hour.

• Do not initiate radiation during this time!

Operator’s logWe recommend keeping an operator’s log, where all operating times, gettering times and maintenance events are recorded.

A.1.8 Gain adjustment and pixel correction (Ziehm Vision FD)

Every 6 months, gain adjustment and pixel correction must be carried out on a Ziehm Vision FD. Please contact your after-sales service center for that purpose.

WARNINGContact your after-sales service center in case of any moisture penetration or leakage of the generator!

WARNINGIf the live image shows streaks although the gain adjustment and pixel correction procedures have been performed at regular intervals, please contact your after-sales service center!

A-5Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 260: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

A.2 Cleaning, disinfection, sterilization

Preparation Always switch off the system and disconnect it from the power supply before cleaning or disinfecting it.

A.2.1 Cleaning

Recommended detergents

For cleaning the system, use only water with mild detergents applied with a damp cloth. Never use abrasive cleansing agents, organic solvents or detergents which contain solvents (e.g. alcohol, petroleum ether, liquid stain remover).

Cleaning the monitor screens

For cleaning the monitor screens, use only pure alcohol or a mixture consisting of 1/3 alcohol and 2/3 distilled water. Wipe the screen and surrounding painted surfaces dry with a soft cotton cloth immediately after cleaning.

A.2.2 Disinfection

Please use one of the following tested and approved disinfectants:

− Terralin

− Dax YT

− Antifect AF

• Dilute the disinfectant according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

• Dampen a cloth with the solution.

• Thoroughly wipe the outside of the unit with this cloth.

No alcohol or Sagrotan

Never use pure alcohol or Sagrotan, since these substances may corrode the surfaces.

No disinfecting sprays

Never use disinfecting sprays, since the liquid droplets may penetrate inside the unit, endangering safe system operation. Electronic modules may be damaged, and explosive air/solvent vapor mixtures may develop.

WARNINGTake care that no liquids penetrate into the unit through sockets, plugs, ventilation holes or gaps (at integrated external devices such as video printers or video cassette recorders).

Never apply spray cleaners directly onto the unit!

A-6 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 261: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

A.2.3 Sterilization

The disposable covers (optional accessories) are sterile upon delivery.

A.3 Faults

A.3.1 Types of faults

The following fault types are detected and indicated:

A.3.1.1 Alerts during power-up

Alert messages are displayed in a message window on the control panel. An audible alarm sounds. If you get an alert message during system power-up, you can close the message window and continue to work with the system. However, the system will not be fully operational.

• Press the Yes button in the message window.The message window is closed.

A.3.1.2 Errors during power-up

Error messages are displayed in a message window on the control panel. An audible alarm sounds. Although you can close the message window, you cannot continue to work with the system.

• Press the Yes button in the message window.The message window is closed. In some cases, a new message window with another error message is displayed.

CAUTIONThe disposable covers are not re-sterilizable.

Be sure to discard the disposable covers properly after use!

WARNINGIf an error message is displayed, the system is not ready for operation!

The error must be corrected by your after-sales service center!

Please communicate the error code number (E...) and the serial number of the system to your after-sales service center.

A-7Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 262: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

A.3.1.3 Alerts during operation

Alert messages are displayed in a message window on the control panel. An audible alarm sounds. If you get an alert message during system operation, radiation is not interrupted, and you can continue to initiate radiation. However, the system will not be fully operational.

• Press the Yes button in the message window.The message window is closed.

A.3.1.4 Errors during operation

Error messages are displayed in a message window on the control panel. An audible alarm sounds. Radiation is interrupted and you can no longer initiate any radiation.

• Press the Yes button in the message window.The message window is closed. In some cases, a new message window with another error message is displayed.

A.3.2 List of errors and alerts

If an alert appears, do the following:• Press the Yes button in the message window.

The message window is closed. You may continue to work. The system is not fully operational.

If an error occurs, do the following:

• Contact your after-sales service center.

WARNINGIf an error message is displayed, the system is not ready for operation!

The error must be corrected by your after-sales service center!

Please communicate the error code number (E...) and the serial number of the system to your after-sales service center.

WARNINGPlease contact your after-sales service center also if a certain error occurs frequently!

A-8 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 263: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

Code Type Description

E1000 Error Thin filament defective

E1001 Error Thick filament defective

E1002 Error No V-Sync

E1003 Error Operating temperature not yet reached, please wait

E1004 Alert Cooling phase in process, please wait

E1005 Error Temperature 2 too low

E1006 Alert Temperature 2 too high

E1007 Error Machine data corrupt

E1008 Error Interrupt 1 flipflop defective

E1009 Error Interrupt 2 flipflop defective

E1010 Error HW signal XRay active during power-up

E1011 Error CAN XRay Enable active during power-up

E1012 Error D/A converter reference voltage defective

E1013 Error D/A converter kV defective

E1014 Error Oil overtemperature switch active

E1015 Error Wrong machine data version

E1016 Error Moisture sensor alarm

E1050 Alert High-voltage fault

E1051 Alert High-voltage fault (anode)

E1052 Alert High-voltage fault (cathode)

E1053 Alert mA peak value fault

E1054 Alert kV nominal/actual value fault

E1055 Alert mA nominal/actual value fault

E1056 Alert XRay Enable fault

E1057 Alert Life monitoring missing

E1058 Alert Hardware monitoring missing

E1059 Alert External radiation interrupt (XRayBreak)

E1060 Alert Signal / XRay missing

E1061 Alert High-voltage arc

E1062 Alert Nominal kV value greater max. kV value

E1063 Alert Nominal mA value greater max. mA value

E1066 Alert CAN fault line active

E1067 Error Basic heating faults

Table A-3 List of error and alert messages

A-9Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 264: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

E1068 Error V-Sync faults

E1069 Alert Temperature sensor 1

E1070 Alert Temperature sensor 2

E1071 Error Signal / XRay without radiation

E1072 Error Oil overtemperature switch active

E1073 Error Moisture sensor alarm

E1074 Error kV value too high (no radiation)

E1095 Alert Generator overheated, recovery time %d seconds

E1098 Error Generator power-up fault

E1099 Error Generator fault

E1100 Alert Hand switch 1 pressed during power-up

E1101 Alert Hand switch 2 pressed during power-up

E1102 Alert Foot switch 1 pressed during power-up

E1103 Alert Foot switch 2 pressed during power-up

E1104 Alert Foot switch 3 pressed during power-up

E1105 Alert Foot switch 4 pressed during power-up

E1106 Alert Foot switch 5 pressed during power-up

E1107 Alert Foot switch 6 pressed during power-up

E1108 Error Short circuit in hand switch 1

E1109 Error Short circuit in hand switch 2

E1110 Error Short circuit in foot switch 1

E1111 Error Short circuit in foot switch 2

E1112 Error Short circuit in foot switch 3

E1113 Error Short circuit in foot switch 4

E1114 Error Short circuit in foot switch 5

E1115 Error Short circuit in foot switch 6

E1116 Error XRay Enable present during power-up

E1117 Error External I/O fault

E1118 Error Wrong EEPROM checksum

E1132 Alert Short circuit in hand switch 1

E1133 Alert Short circuit in hand switch 2

E1134 Alert Short circuit in foot switch 1

E1135 Alert Short circuit in foot switch 2

Code Type Description

Table A-3 List of error and alert messages (cont.)

A-10 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 265: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

E1136 Alert Short circuit in foot switch 3

E1137 Alert Short circuit in foot switch 4

E1138 Alert Short circuit in foot switch 5

E1139 Alert Short circuit in foot switch 6

E1140 Alert XRay Enable not active

E1141 Alert CAN fault line active

E1142 Alert External I/O fault

E1143 Error Error Lifemonitoring Imaging System

E1148 Alert Timeout post-fluoro time (LIH)

E1164 Error Short circuit in hand switch 1

E1165 Error Short circuit in hand switch 2

E1166 Error Short circuit in foot switch 1

E1167 Error Short circuit in foot switch 2

E1168 Error Short circuit in foot switch 3

E1169 Error Short circuit in foot switch 4

E1170 Error Short circuit in foot switch 5

E1171 Error Short circuit in foot switch 6

E1172 Error XRay Enable without switch

E1173 Error CAN fault line active

E1174 Error External I/O fault

E1175 Error Error Lifemonitoring Imaging System

E1197 Error Main interface XRay break fault

E1198 Error Main interface power-up fault

E1199 Error Main interface fault

E1200 Error Timeout main interface (1)

E1201 Error Timeout main interface (2)

E1202 Error Timeout while reading power-up errors

E1203 Error Timeout generator machine data (1)

E1204 Error Timeout generator machine data (2)

E1205 Error Timeout generator machine data (3)

E1206 Error Timeout generator pulse width

E1207 Error Timeout filament selection

E1208 Error Timeout measuring range selection

Code Type Description

Table A-3 List of error and alert messages (cont.)

A-11Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 266: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

E1209 Error Timeout kVmA setpoint value

E1210 Error Timeout while reading collimator limit value (1)

E1211 Error Timeout while reading collimator limit value (2)

E1212 Error Timeout ack system running

E1213 Alert Timeout while reading XRay break errors

E1214 Alert Timeout XRay break: interface busy

E1215 Error Internal error %d

E1216 Alert Internal alert %d

E1217 Error Error while clearing hard disk %d

E1218 Error Timeout CAN module %d

E1219 Error Unexpected ACK from CAN module %d

E1220 Alert XRay assigned to function switch (%d), ignored!

E1221 Alert XRAY command assigned to function switch (%d), ignored!

E1222 Alert Temperature limit alert: Reduce radiation power!

E1223 Error CAN bus cannot be addressed during power-up!

E1224 Error CAN module missing:

E1225 Alert Radiation allowed after technique values are displayed!

E1226 Error CAN modules missing:

E1227 Error CAN module faulty: %d

E1228 Error CAN module 6 U544 faulty

E1229 Error CAN bus faulty BUS OFF

E1230 Error Only CAN module 6 U544 present

E1231 Error CAN module(s) not connected correct ( stand alone ? )

E1232 Error Timeout: no answer from a CAN module

E1233 Error Memory full. Image can not be stored!

E1234 Error dis8000.ini missing!

E1235 Error No acknowledge to %d from %d

E1299 Error Image system fault

E1300 Error SPI interface MAX 504

E1301 Alert Overtemperature

E1302 Error Reference voltage MAX 504

E1303 Error Output voltage MAX 504

E1304 Error Wrong EEPROM checksum

Code Type Description

Table A-3 List of error and alert messages (cont.)

A-12 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 267: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

E1350 Error SPI interface MAX 504

E1351 Alert Overtemperature

E1352 Alert Actual value too high

E1353 Alert Actual value too low

E1354 Error Output voltage MAX 504

E1355 Error CAN fault line active

E1358 Alert Output voltage beyond tolerance

E1398 Error PPS power-up fault

E1399 Error PPS fault

E1400 Error Servo %d position fault

E1401 Error Servo %d not connected

E1402 Error Servo %d not ready

E1449 Error Vision Track fault

E1450 Error Servo position fault

E1451 Error Servo not connected

E1452 Error Servo not ready

E1499 Error II power supply fault

E1500 Alert Radiation alert lamp defective

E1501 Alert CRT high voltage

E1502 Alert Video voltage

E1503 Alert Video signal

E1504 Alert CRT filament

E1505 Alert Horizontal deflection

E1506 Alert 150V supply

E1507 Alert Vertical deflection

E1508 Error Wrong EEPROM checksum

E1509 Alert V-Blank signal missing

E1516 Alert Radiation alert lamp defective

E1517 Alert CRT high voltage

E1518 Alert Video voltage

E1519 Alert Video signal

E1520 Alert CRT filament

E1521 Alert Horizontal deflection

Code Type Description

Table A-3 List of error and alert messages (cont.)

A-13Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 268: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

E1522 Alert 150V supply

E1523 Alert Vertical deflection

E1599 Error Monitor fault

E1600 Alert Busy printer 1 active

E1601 Alert Busy printer 2 active

E1602 Error Wrong EEPROM checksum

E1620 Alert Printer 1 busy error

E1621 Alert Printer 1 busy error

E1622 Alert Printer 1 busy error

E1628 Alert Printer 2 busy error

E1629 Alert Printer 2 busy error

E1630 Alert Printer 2 busy error

E1649 Error U525 fault

E1700 Alert kVmA table: kV not ascending

E1701 Alert kVmA table: Power not ascending

E1702 Alert kVmA table not finished

E1703 Alert kV maximal value too high

E1704 Alert mA maximal value too high

E1705 Error No extern video signal

E1708 Error Generator pulse error

E1709 Error No VSync

E1710 Error No interrupt

E1711 Error No communication PPC-generator

E1712 Error mA from generator invalid

E1713 Error XRAY not allowed

E1714 Error Max mA value cannot be read

E1716 Error SDRAM PPC defective

E1717 Error GammaLUT PPC defective

E1718 Error Offset adjustment not possible

E1719 Error Gain adjustment not possible

E1720 Error Hardware Version, Release

E1721 Error IRQ3 error

E1722 Error VSync corrupt 30/25 Hz

Code Type Description

Table A-3 List of error and alert messages (cont.)

A-14 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 269: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

E1723 Error Video standard unknown

E1724 Error Boot program unknown

E1725 Error M-Data unknown

E1726 Alert Collimator does not support DAP values

E1727 Error Flatpanel not supported in this version

E1732 Error Reference voltage defektive

E1733 Error AD14 offset adjustment defektive

E1734 Error AD14 gain adjustment defektive

E1735 Error AD14 gain*4 adjustment defektive

E1736 Error AD8 offset adjustment defektive

E1737 Error AD8 gain adjustment defektive

E1738 Error No extern video signal

E1740 Error Hardware doesn’t support grid regulation

E1741 Error Hardware doesn’t support motion detection

E1742 Error Hardware doesn’t support DAP calculation

E1743 Error Hardware doesn’t support automatic dose reduction

E1799 Error Error PPC

Code Type Description

Table A-3 List of error and alert messages (cont.)

A-15Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 270: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

A.4 Labels on the Ziehm Vision

For U.S.A., see → p. A-40

Fig. A-2 Labels on the C-arm stand (Ziehm Vision)

Fig. A-3 Labels on the C-arm stand (Ziehm Vision FD)

C

BG

I

I

D

F

H

E

1*

2)

C

BG

I

ID

F

H

E

1*

2)

A-16 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 271: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

Fig. A-4 Labels on systems with laser positioning device on the image intensifier (left) and on the generator (right)

Fig. A-5 Labels on systems with laser positioning device on the digital flat-panel detector (left) and on the generator (right) (Ziehm Vision FD)

J

1)

E J 1)

J1)

E J 1)

A-17Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 272: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

Fig. A-6 Labels on a Ziehm Vision monitor cart with flat-screen monitors

Fig. A-7 Labels on a Ziehm Vision monitor cart with CRT monitors

1^

1@

1!

1#

1$

1%

G

1(

1&

(optional)

1^(optional)

1^

1@

1!

1#

1$

1%

G

1(

1&

(optional)

1^(optional)

A-18 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 273: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

No. Label Comments

B Ziehm Vision

Ziehm Vision FD

Table A-4 Labels on the Ziehm Vision (outside the U.S.A.)

A-19Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 274: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

C Ziehm Vision

Ziehm Vision FD

No. Label Comments

Table A-4 Labels on the Ziehm Vision (outside the U.S.A.) (cont.)

A-20 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 275: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

D Ziehm Vision

Ziehm Vision FD

E —

F —

G Please observe accompanying documents!

H —

I —

J Only on systems with laser positioning device

1) Only on systems with laser positioning device

No. Label Comments

Table A-4 Labels on the Ziehm Vision (outside the U.S.A.) (cont.)

A-21Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 276: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

1! Ziehm Vision

Ziehm Vision, only on 200V systems sold in Japan

Ziehm Vision, only on 100V systems sold in Japan

No. Label Comments

Table A-4 Labels on the Ziehm Vision (outside the U.S.A.) (cont.)

A-22 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 277: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

1! Ziehm Vision FD

1@ Equipotential grounding

1# Spare earth ground connection

1$ Protection Class I, Type B

1% —

Only on systems sold in Japan

1^ DICOM Only on systems with DICOM option and RJ45 connection, connection optionally either in the upper or lower half of the monitor cart

1& TX RX Only on systems with DICOM option and fiber-optic connection

No. Label Comments

Table A-4 Labels on the Ziehm Vision (outside the U.S.A.) (cont.)

A-23Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 278: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

1* Ziehm Vision

Ziehm Vision FD

No. Label Comments

Table A-4 Labels on the Ziehm Vision (outside the U.S.A.) (cont.)

A-24 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 279: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

1( Ziehm Vision

Ziehm Vision FD

2) Only on systems sold in China

No. Label Comments

Table A-4 Labels on the Ziehm Vision (outside the U.S.A.) (cont.)

A-25Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 280: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

A.5 Focal spot position

A.5.1 Ziehm Vision

Fig. A-8 Focal spot position on systems with 23 cm i.i. (Ziehm Vision)

Reference axis

Focal spot (red dot)

Anode angle

Horizontal deviation of X-ray tube

A-26 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 281: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

A.5.2 Ziehm Vision FD

Fig. A-9 Focal spot position on systems with digital flat-panel detector (Ziehm Vision FD)

Reference axis

Focal spot (red dot)

280

1110

7.2° 7.2°

A-27Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 282: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

A.6 Heat capacity

Heating curve

Fig. A-10 Heating curve (Model D-064R)

Cooling curve

Fig. A-11 Cooling curve (Model D-064R)

30

40

50

60

70

80

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32

Heating curve at 110 kV / 3.2 mA(Heat capacity 800,000 J, continuous heat dissipation 50 W)Temp.

(°C)

Time (min.)

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 26020

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Cooling curveTemp. (°C)

Time (min.)

A-28 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 283: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

A.7 Scattered radiation in the significant zone of occupancy

A.7.1 Ziehm Vision

Fig. A-12 Scattered radiation Ziehm Vision

Distribution of scattered radiation in the significant zone of occupancy of the C-arm stand

Measurement conditions in accordance with EN 60601-1-3:1994Exposure conditions: Automatic control, 76 kV / 5.9 mA / 448 W Rectangular water phantom 25 cm × 25 cm × 15 cm + 1.5 mm Cu Measuring instrument: Radcal 9015

CopperWaterphantom

45 cm X-ray focus – floor : 25 cm phantom – image intensifier anti-scatter grid distance

Distance to central ray beam in cm

Hei

ght a

bove

floo

r in

cm

Patient positioning Significant zone of

occupancy80 × 60 × 200 cm

A-29Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 284: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

A.7.2 Ziehm Vision FD

Fig. A-13 Scattered radiation Ziehm Vision FD

Distribution of scattered radiation in the significant zone of occupancy of the C-arm stand

Measurement conditions in accordance with EN 60601-1-3:1994Exposure conditions: Automatic control, 89 kV / 15.8 mA / pulse duration 16 ms / 30 pulses/s / 700 W Rectangular water phantom 25 cm × 25 cm × 15 cm + 1.5 mm Cu Measuring instrument: Radcal 1515

Significant zone of occupancy80×60×200cm

Water phantom

Copper

A-30 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 285: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

A.8 Dimensions

C-arm stand with 31 cm i.i.

Fig. A-14 Dimensions of a Ziehm Vision C-arm stand with 31 cm i.i.

220

25° 90°

430

680

1630 - 18502150 - 2370

970

760

345

910

155

480 - 700

225° 225°10° 10°

575

700420

1785

- 221

5

760

450 -

880

800

A-31Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 286: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

C-arm stand with 23 cm i.i.

Fig. A-15 Dimensions of a Ziehm Vision C-arm stand with 23 cm i.i.

430

220

45° 90°

155

345

680

788

1000

445 - 6651665 - 1885

2125 - 2345

430

910

800

515 -

94576

0

700

225° 225°10° 10°

475

1780

- 221

0

A-32 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 287: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

Ziehm Vision FD C-arm stand

Fig. A-16 Dimensions of a Ziehm Vision FD C-arm stand

A-33Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 288: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

Monitor cart with 18.1" flat-screen monitors

Fig. A-17 Dimensions of a Ziehm Vision monitor cart with 18.1" flat-screen monitors

Monitor cart with CRT monitors

Fig. A-18 Dimensions of a Ziehm Vision monitor cart with CRT monitors

A-34 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 289: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

A.9 Technical data

For U.S.A., see → p. A-48

A.9.1 Ziehm Vision

Syst

em

Nominal supply voltage / frequency

230 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Power supply fuse rating L 16 A

Required residual current circuit breaker (RCD)

IN ≥ 16 A, IAN = 30 mA

Nominal supply current 8 A continuous, 16 A short-time

Power supply in standby mode

1.95 A / 450 W(applies to the following configuration: CRT monitors, printer UP-980, CD writer, floppy disk drive)

The values depend on the integrated documentation systems.

Internal fusing 15 A quick-blow (2 pcs.)

Maximum line impedance ≤ 0.6 Ω

Equipment protection classification

Protection Class I, Type B ( ), ordinary equipment, continuous operation

Radiation controlled area (with generator in lowermost position and C-arm vertical)

23/31 cm i.i. and digital flat-panel detector: 4 m

Table A-5 Technical data of the Ziehm Vision

A-35Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 290: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

G

ener

ator

Power Direct radiography:(n/a for Ziehm Vision FD)

40–110 kV15 mA min./20 mA max.,1.5 mAs min./100 mAs max.

Fluoroscopy:

− Pulsed mode:

40–110 kV0.1–20 mA

Pulse width 10–30 ms;Ziehm Vision FD: Pulse width 16 ms (invariable);

1, 2, 4, 8, 12.5, 25 pulses/s (systems with 25 pulses/s)

1, 5, 10, 15, 30 pulses/s (systems with 30 pulses/s, also Ziehm Vision FD)

Digital radiography (snapshot):

Operating frequency:

40–110 kV0.1 mA min./20 mA max.

40 kHz

Max. operating data Fluoroscopy:

Direct radiography: (n/a for Ziehm Vision FD)

110 kV / 18 mA80 kV / 20 mA

110 kV / 15 mA80 kV / 20 mA

Digital radiography: 110 kV / 18 mA80 kV / 20 mA

Max. power output Fluoroscopy:

Direct radiography:

1980 W (110 kV / 18 mA)

1650 W (110 kV / 15 mA)

Digital radiography: 1980 W (110 kV / 18 mA)

Nominal electric power 2000 W at 100 kV / 20 mA / 0.1 s

X-ray tube Single-focus stationary-anode tube

Focal spot nominal size, with respect to reference axis (→ Fig. A-8, p. A-26)

0.6 acc. to IEC

Focal spot horizontal tolerance, with respect to reference axis (→ Fig. A-8, p. A-26)

+/- 0.5 mm (controlled)

Table A-5 Technical data of the Ziehm Vision (cont.)

A-36 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 291: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

Gen

erat

orAnode angle, with respect to reference axis (→ Fig. A-8, p. A-26)

Anode material Tungsten

Total filtration Ziehm Vision: ≥ 3 mm Al, including 0.05 mm Cu Ziehm Vision FD: ≥ 3 mm Al

Maximum X-ray tube loading factors for 1h;3mA (at 110 kV)

10800 mAs/h

Imag

e in

tens

ifier Tube Scintillator:

Nominal sizes:

Cesium iodide

31 / 23 / (17) cm or

23 / 17 / (10) cm

Anti-scatter grid Pb 8/40

Dig

ital f

lat-p

anel

de

tect

or

Detector Scintillator:

Size:

Resolution:

Cesium iodide

19.8 cm × 19.8 cm

1024 × 1024

Anti-scatter grid Pb 8/40

Mon

itors

18.1" flat-screen monitors Screen size:

Resolution:

460 mm (18.1")

1280 × 1024 / 50 Hz

CRT monitors Screen size:

Bandwidth:

Resolution:

440 mm (17")

100 MHz

1125 lines / 75 Hz

Envi

ronm

enta

l co

nditi

ons

During storage Temperature:

Relative air humidity:

–10°C to +60°C

95% max.

During operation Temperature:

Relative air humidity:

+15°C to +35°C

75% max.

Table A-5 Technical data of the Ziehm Vision (cont.)

A-37Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 292: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

D

imen

sion

s

C-arm Source/image receptor distance:

Vertical free space (generator/i.i.):

Vertical free space (generator/digital flat-panel detector):

Immersion depth:

Orbital rotation:

Angulation:

Swiveling (panning):

Horizontal movement:

Vertical movement:

970 mm

750 mm

895 mm

680 mm

115° / 135° a

± 225°

±10°

220 mm

430 mm

Wei

ght

C-arm stand With 23 cm i.i. approx. 280 kg (also applies to Ziehm Vision FD)

Monitor cart With flat-screen monitors: approx. 183 kg

With CRT monitors: approx. 203 kg

a. Option, not available with 31 cm i.i.

Table A-5 Technical data of the Ziehm Vision (cont.)

CAUTIONTemperatures above 40°C and relative air humidity above 60% may cause stains on the printer’s heat-sensitive paper.

WARNINGIf you expect ambient air temperatures below 0°C, empty the cooling tank in the C-arm stand foot with the help of the two filler and vent hoses supplied with the system.

Re-fill the cooling tank with water before putting the system into service.

A-38 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 293: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

A.9.2 Laser positioning device

A.9.3 Dose measurement chamber

Laser Class Class 2M acc. to IEC 60825-1:2001-11

Max. power output of continuous laser radiation, measured at the laser beam apertures

< 1 mW

Wavelength of the radiation 635 nm

Table A-6 Technical data of laser positioning device

Absorber 2.8 mm Al

Sensitivity(75 kV; 2.7 mm Al HVL)

pC

≥ 800 --------------

mGy • cm2

Measuring range of DAP power

(0.1–104) mGy • cm2/s

Voltage range (35–150) kV

Voltage correction → Fig. A-19, p. A-40

Aluminum equivalent < 0.4 mm

Table A-7 Technical data of dose measurement chamber

A-39Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 294: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

Fig. A-19 Voltage correction of dose measurement chamber

A.10 Labels on the Ziehm Vision (U.S.A.)

Fig. A-20 Labels on the C-arm stand (U.S.A.)

Voltage correction(Absorber: 2.8 mm Al filtration taken into consideration)

Correction factor

1#3$

H1$1%1^1&

3%

1$

3#1&1%1$

1*

1^

i

3@

3!

G3)

1#

BJ

C+E

1!+1@

2(

+3*

+3&

+3^

A-40 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 295: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

Fig. A-21 Labels on systems with laser positioning device on the image intensifier (left) and on the generator (right) (U.S.A.)

Fig. A-22 Labels on a Ziehm Vision monitor cart with flat-screen monitors (U.S.A.)

1$

1%

I 1% 1$

1*

1&

1&

1^

1*

2* 2*

2%

2&

1(2)

2^

2@

1)

2$

2#

A-41Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 296: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

Fig. A-23 Labels on a Ziehm Vision monitor cart with CRT monitors (U.S.A.)

2* 2*

2%

2&

1(2)

2^

2@

1)

2$

2#

No. Label Comments

B —

C —

D Only on systems sold in Canada

Table A-8 Labels on the Ziehm Vision (U.S.A.)

A-42 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 297: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

E —

F Only on systems sold in Canada

G —

H —

I —

J —

No. Label Comments

Table A-8 Labels on the Ziehm Vision (U.S.A.) (cont.)

A-43Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 298: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

1) Please observe accompanying documents!

1! —

1@ Only on systems sold in Canada

1# —

1$ Only on systems with laser positioning device

1% Only on systems with laser positioning device

1^ Only on systems with laser positioning device

1& Only on systems with laser positioning device

1* Only on systems with laser positioning device

No. Label Comments

Table A-8 Labels on the Ziehm Vision (U.S.A.) (cont.)

A-44 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 299: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

1( a —

1( b Only on 220 VAC systems sold in the U.S.A.

2) —

2! Only on systems sold in Canada

2@ Equipotential grounding

2# Spare earth ground connection

2$ Protection Class I, Type B

2% —

No. Label Comments

Table A-8 Labels on the Ziehm Vision (U.S.A.) (cont.)

A-45Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 300: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

2^ Only on systems with DICOM option and RJ45 connection, connection optionally either in the upper or lower half of the monitor cart

2& Only on systems with DICOM option and fiber-optic connection

2* —

2( —

3)

3!

No. Label Comments

Table A-8 Labels on the Ziehm Vision (U.S.A.) (cont.)

A-46 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 301: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

3@

3^ Only on systems sold in Canada

3#

3* Only on systems sold in Canada

3$

3%

3& Only on systems sold in Canada

No. Label Comments

Table A-8 Labels on the Ziehm Vision (U.S.A.) (cont.)

A-47Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 302: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

A.11 Technical data Ziehm Vision (U.S.A.)

Syst

em

Nominal supply voltage / frequency

120 VAC, 60 Hz 230 VAC, 60 Hz

Power supply fuse rating L 20 A L16 A

Required residual current circuit breaker (RCD)

IN ≥ 20 A, IAN = 30 mA IN ≥ 16 A, IAN = 30 mA

Nominal supply current 10 A continuous, 22 A short-time

8 A continuous, 16 A short-time

Power supply in standby mode

3.75 A / 450 W 1.95 A / 450 W

(applies to the following configuration: CRT monitors, printer UP-980, CD writer, floppy disk drive)

The values depend on the integrated documentation systems.

Internal fusing 20 A quick-blow (2 pcs.) 15 A quick-blow (2 pcs.)

Maximum line impedance ≤ 0.6 Ω ≤ 0.6 Ω

Equipment protection classification

Protection Class I, Type B ( ), ordinary equipment, continuous operation

Radiation controlled area(with generator in lowermost position and C-arm vertical)

23/31 cm i.i.: 4 m 23/31 cm i.i.: 4 m

Table A-9 Technical data of the Ziehm Vision (U.S.A.)

A-48 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 303: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

Gen

erat

orPower

Direct radiography: 40–110 kV

15 mA min./20 mA max.,1.5 mAs min./100 mAs max.

40–110 kV

15 mA min./20 mA max.,1.5 mAs min./100 mAs max.

Fluoroscopy: 40–110 kV0.1–15 mA

40–110 kV0.1–20 mA

− Pulsed mode: Pulse width 10–30 ms1,2,5,10,15,30 pulses/s

Pulse width 10–30 ms1,2,5,10,15,30 pulses/s

Digital radiography (snapshot):

40–110 kV0.1 mA min./20 mA max.

40–110 kV0.1 mA min./20 mA max.

Operating frequency: 40 kHz 40 kHz

Max. operating data

Fluoroscopy 110 kV / 15 mA 80 kV / 20 mA

110 kV / 18 mA 80 kV / 20 mA

Direct radiography: 110 kV / 15 mA 80 kV / 20 mA

110 kV / 15 mA 80 kV / 20 mA

Digital radiography: 110 kV / 15 mA80 kV / 20 mA

110 kV / 18 mA 80 kV / 20 mA

Max. power output

Fluoroscopy: 1650 W (110 kV / 15 mA) 1980 W (110 kV / 18 mA)

Direct radiography: 1650 W (110 kV / 15 mA) 1650 W (110 kV / 15 mA)

Digital radiography: 1650 W (110 kV / 15 mA) 1980 W (110 kV / 18 mA)

Nominal electric power 2000 W at 100 kV / 20 mA / 0.1 s

X-ray tube Single-focus stationary-anode tube

Focal spot nominal size 0.6 acc. to IEC 0.6 acc. to IEC

Total filtration ≥ 3 mm Al, including 0.05 mm Cu

Imag

e in

tens

ifier Tube Scintillator: Cesium iodide

Nominal sizes: 31 / 23 / (17) cm or 23 / 17 / (10) cm

Anti-scatter grid Pb 8/40 Pb 8/40

Table A-9 Technical data of the Ziehm Vision (U.S.A.) (cont.)

A-49Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 304: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

M

onito

rs

18.1" flat-screen monitors

Screen size:

Resolution:

460 mm (18.1")

1280 × 1024 / 60 Hz

460 mm (18.1")

1280 × 1024 / 50 Hz

CRT monitors

Screen size:

Bandwidth:

Resolution:

440 mm (17")

100 MHz

1068 lines / 90 Hz

440 mm (17")

100 MHz

1125 lines / 75 Hz

Envi

ronm

enta

lco

nditi

ons

During storage Temperature: –10°C to +60°C

Relative air humidity: 95% max.

During operation Temperature: +15°C to +35°C

Relative air humidity: 75% max.

Dim

ensi

ons

C-arm Source/image receptor distance: 970 mm

Vertical free space (generator/i.i.): 750 mm

Immersion depth: 680 mm

Orbital rotation: 115° / 135° a

Angulation: ± 225°

Swiveling (panning): ±10°

Horizontal movement: 220 mm

Vertical movement: 430 mm

Wei

ght C-arm stand With 23 cm i.i.: approx. 280 kg

Monitor cart With flat-screen monitors: approx. 183 kg

With CRT monitors: approx. 203 kg

a. Option, not available with 31 cm i.i.

Table A-9 Technical data of the Ziehm Vision (U.S.A.) (cont.)

A-50 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 305: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

A.12 Technical data Ziehm Vision (Japan)Sy

stem

Nominal supply voltage / frequency

100 VAC, 50/60 Hz 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Power supply fuse rating 20 or 30 A 20 or 30 A

Required residual current circuit breaker (RCD)

IN ≥ 20 A, IAN = 30 mA IN ≥ 16 A, IAN = 30 mA

Nominal supply current 10 A continuous, 22 A short-time

8 A continuous, 16 A short-time

Power supply in standby mode

450 VA (4.5 A) 450 VA (2.25 A)

(applies to the following configuration: CRT monitors, printer UP-980, CD writer, floppy disk drive)

The values depend on the integrated documentation systems.

Internal fusing 20 A quick-blow (2 pcs.) 15 A quick-blow (2 pcs.)

Maximum line impedance ≤ 0.6 Ω ≤ 0.6 Ω

Equipment protection classification

Protection Class I, Type B ( ), ordinary equipment, continuous operation

Radiation controlled area (with generator in lowermost position and C-arm vertical)

23/31 cm i.i.: 4 m 23/31 cm i.i.: 4 m

Gen

erat

or

Power

Direct radiography: 40–110 kV 12 mA min./20 mA max., 1.5 mAs min./100 mAs max.

40–110 kV 15 mA min./20 mA max., 1.5 mAs min./100 mAs max.

Fluoroscopy: 40–110 kV 0.1–12 mA

40–110 kV 0.1–20 mA

− Pulsed mode: Pulse width 10–30 ms 1,2,5,10,15,30 pulses/s

Pulse width 10–30 ms 1,2,5,10,15,30 pulses/s

Digital radiography (snapshot):

40–110 kV 0.1 mA min./20 mA max.

40–110 kV 0.1 mA min./20 mA max.

Operating frequency: 40 kHz 40 kHz

Table A-10 Technical data of the Ziehm Vision (Japan)

A-51Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 306: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

G

ener

ator

Max. operating data

Fluoroscopy 110 kV / 12 mA 65 kV / 20 mA

110 kV / 18 mA 80 kV / 20 mA

Direct radiography: 110 kV / 12 mA 65 kV / 20 mA

110 kV / 15 mA 80 kV / 20 mA

Digital radiography: 110 kV / 12 mA 65 kV / 20 mA

110 kV / 18 mA 80 kV / 20 mA

Max. power output

Fluoroscopy: 1320 W (110 kV / 12 mA) 1980 W (110 kV / 18 mA)

Direct radiography: 1320 W (110 kV / 12 mA) 1650 W (110 kV / 15 mA)

Digital radiography: 1320 W (110 kV / 12 mA) 1980 W (110 kV / 18 mA)

Nominal electric power (IEC 60601-2-7, 6.8.2)

1320 W at 100 kV / 13.2 mA / 0.1 s

2000 W at 100 kV / 20 mA / 0.1 s

X-ray tube Single-focus stationary-anode tube

Focal spot nominal size, with respect to reference axis (→ Fig. A-8, p. A-26)

0.6 acc. to IEC

Focal spot horizontal tolerance, with respect to reference axis (→ Fig. A-8, p. A-26)

+/- 0.5 mm

Anode angle, with respect to reference axis (→ Fig. A-8, p. A-26)

Anode material Tungsten

Total filtration ≥ 3 mm Al, including 0.05 mm Cu

Maximum X-ray tube loading factors for 1h;3mA (at 110 kV)

10800 mAs/h

Vide

o st

anda

rd

of o

utpu

t

EIA 343, 60 Hz refresh rate, like NTSC, no color

Imag

e in

tens

ifier Tube Scintillator: Cesium iodide

Nominal sizes: 31 / 23 / (17) cm or 23 / 17 / (10) cm

Anti-scatter grid Pb 8/40 Pb 8/40

Table A-10 Technical data of the Ziehm Vision (Japan) (cont.)

A-52 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 307: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

Mon

itors

18.1" flat-screen monitors

Screen size:

Resolution:

460 mm (18.1")

1280 × 1024 / 60 Hz

460 mm (18.1")

1280 × 1024 / 50 Hz

CRT monitors

Screen size:

Bandwidth:

Resolution:

440 mm (17")

100 MHz

1068 lines / 90 Hz

440 mm (17")

100 MHz

1125 lines / 75 Hz

Envi

ronm

enta

lco

nditi

ons

During storage Temperature: –10°C to +60°C

Relative air humidity: 95% max.

During operation Temperature: +15°C to +35°C

Relative air humidity: 75% max.

Dim

ensi

ons

C-arm Source/image receptor distance: 970 mm

Vertical free space (generator/i.i.): 750 mm

Immersion depth: 680 mm

Orbital rotation: 115° / 135° a

Angulation: ± 225°

Swiveling (panning): ±10°

Horizontal movement: 220 mm

Vertical movement: 430 mm

Wei

ght C-arm stand With 23 cm i.i.: approx. 280 kg

Monitor cart With flat-screen monitors: approx. 183 kg

With CRT monitors: approx. 203 kg

a. Option, not available with 31 cm i.i.

Table A-10 Technical data of the Ziehm Vision (Japan) (cont.)

A-53Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 308: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Appendix

A-54 Ziehm Vision26366-5_4.12_EN_00

Page 309: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Index

Numerals180° – Angle (read-only box) 15-122-Point (button) 15-5360° – Angle (read-only box) 15-93-Point (button) 15-84-Point (button) 15-114-Point Ratio (button) 15-15

AAbdomen (anatomical program) 8-7Access. No. (button) 11-5Accessories included in the scope of delivery

4-2Accessories, optional 2-6Accessories, optional (U.S.A.) 2-6Acquiring

Cine loop 12-3Active Cooling 8-14Alarm (radiation time) 8-13

Switching off 8-13Alert messages 8-14Alerts

During operation A-8During power-up A-7List of errors and alerts A-8

Alphanumeric keypad 6-9Ambient light sensor 9-4, 14-5, 20-12

Function check 20-12Anatomical programs 8-7

Abdomen 8-7Activating 8-7Bones 8-7Deactivating 8-7Heart 8-7Soft 8-7

Angle (read-only box) 15-9, 15-12Angle of rotation

Information on the monitor 16-2Angulation

C-arm 5-8Archive

Inverting the entire archive 10-12

Archive (operating mode) 10-7, 11-12Archive (tab) 6-6, 10-7, 10-15, 10-18, 10-31,

10-32, 10-33, 10-34, 10-35, 10-36, 11-9, 11-10, 11-11, 11-12, 11-15, 12-4, 13-8

ArrowAdding to an image 16-6

Auto-delete function 8-11Automatic exposure rate control 8-2Autostore 20-3

Activating 8-11, 20-4Autotransfer 20-2

Activating 20-3

BBackup

Patient folders 10-30Restoring from CD/DVD 10-36Restoring from USB storage device 10-

33Selecting patient folders 10-30Selection using search criteria 10-30Selection using the image creation date

10-30To CD/DVD 10-34To USB storage device 10-31

Backup (button) 10-31, 10-32, 10-34, 10-35Backup copy

Restoring from CD/DVD 10-36Restoring from USB storage device 10-

33Selecting patient folders 10-30Selection using search criteria 10-30Selection using the image creation date

10-30To CD/DVD 10-34To USB storage device 10-31

Basic settings 20-8Determining the live monitor 20-9Discarding 20-11Entering the hospital data 20-10System date 20-8System time 20-8

Basic Settings (button) 20-8, 20-9, 20-10

iZiehm Vision26365-5.04.DE.00

Page 310: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Index

Bones (anatomical program) 8-7Bones (button) 6-4Brake

C-arm stand 5-5Monitor cart 5-4

BrightnessMonitor 9-2Restoring the initial settings 9-3, 14-5Setting 14-4Setting on flat-screen monitors 2-12

Button ‘2-Point’ 15-5Button ‘3-Point’ 15-8Button ‘4-Point Ratio’ 15-15Button ‘4-Point’ 15-11Button ‘Access. No.’ 11-5Button ‘Backup’ 10-31, 10-32, 10-34, 10-35Button ‘Basic Settings’ 20-8, 20-9, 20-10Button ‘Bones’ 6-4Button ‘Calibration’ 15-3Button ‘CD/DVD’ 10-14, 10-28, 12-14Button ‘CD/DVD’ (Backup) 10-35, 10-36Button ‘Cine’ 6-3, 12-3Button ‘Clean up’ 12-8, 13-12Button ‘Close Horizontal Slot Collimator’ 4-12Button ‘Close Iris Collimator’ 6-3, 9-13Button ‘Close Vertical Slot Collimator’ 6-4, 9-14, 14-12Button ‘Complete’ 12-7, 13-12Button ‘Continuous Pulse Fluoroscopy’ 6-2, 8-3, 8-5Button ‘Contrast/Brightness’ 6-5, 9-3, 9-5, 9-6, 14-4, 14-6, 14-7Button ‘Date’ 20-9Button ‘Delete Marked Items’ 10-11, 10-25, 12-12, 14-14Button ‘Delete Unmarked Items’ 10-11, 10-25, 12-12, 14-14Button ‘Delete’ 10-11, 10-25, 12-12, 14-14Button ‘Delete’ (Measurement) 15-4Button ‘Department’ 20-10Button ‘DICOM Print’ 11-10, 11-11Button ‘DICOM Retrieve’ 11-12, 11-15Button ‘DICOM Store’ 11-9, 11-10, 11-12Button ‘Doctor’ 20-10Button ‘Dose Meter Check’ A-2Button ‘Down Arrow’ 6-5Button ‘DSA’ 6-8, 13-3Button ‘Erase Floppy Disk’ 20-16Button ‘Erase USB’ 20-16Button ‘Filter’ 6-5, 9-7, 9-9Button ‘Floppy Disk’ 10-26, 14-15Button ‘Full-Screen Image’ 10-21Button ‘Grayscale Inversion’ 6-5, 9-13, 14-11

Button ‘Heart’ 6-4Button ‘High Quality’ 6-2, 8-9Button ‘Hospital’ 20-10Button ‘Image Swapping’ 6-3, 9-15Button ‘Invert All’ 10-12Button ‘Large Patient’ 6-3, 8-9Button ‘Laser’ 6-5, 18-2Button ‘LM’ 13-14Button ‘Magnify’ 6-5, 9-10Button ‘Manual Exposure Rate Setting’ 6-3, 8-5Button ‘Mark’ 10-10, 10-24, 11-14, 12-11, 14-12, 14-13Button ‘Mask off’ 13-13Button ‘Mask’ 13-13Button ‘Metal’ 6-4, 8-8Button ‘Monitor / Dose’ 20-12, A-2Button ‘Mosaic’ 10-21Button ‘MSA’ 13-4, 13-7, 13-9Button ‘Name’ 11-4Button ‘New’ 10-4, 10-5, 10-17, 11-2Button ‘Next Measuring Point’ 15-4, 15-6, 15-9, 15-12, 15-13, 15-16, 15-17Button ‘Open Horizontal Slot Collimator

’14-12Button ‘Open Iris Collimator Fully’ 6-3, 9-14, 9-15Button ‘Open Iris Collimator’ 9-13Button ‘Open Vertical Slot Collimator Fully’ 6-4, 9-14, 9-15Button ‘Open Vertical Slot Collimator’ 9-14, 14-12Button ‘Patient ID’ 11-2, 11-5Button ‘PAUSE’ 17-3Button ‘Play’ 12-6, 13-11, 13-13, 17-3Button ‘Print Live Monitor Image’ 6-5, 8-12,

10-13, 10-26, 12-13, 12-19Button ‘Print’ 10-13, 12-13, 14-16Button ‘Protect’ 10-24, 12-11, 14-13Button ‘P-Sh’ 13-13Button ‘Query’ 11-2Button ‘REC’ 17-2Button ‘Refresh’ 11-13, 11-16Button ‘Reposition’ 6-4, 8-8Button ‘Restore CD/DVD’ 10-36Button ‘Restore USB’ 10-33Button ‘Retrieve’ 11-12, 11-15, 11-16Button ‘Reverse Left/Right’ 6-3, 9-16, 14-11Button ‘Reverse Up/Down’ 6-3, 9-16, 14-11Button ‘Rotate Image CCW’ 6-3, 9-17, 14-11Button ‘Rotate Image CW’ 6-3, 9-17, 14-11Button ‘Rotate Image to 0°’ 6-3, 9-17

ii Ziehm Vision26365-5.04.DE.00

Page 311: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Index

Button ‘Rotate Vertical Slot Collimator CCW’ 9-14Button ‘Rotate Vertical Slot Collimator CW’ 9-14Button ‘Rotate Vertical Slot Collimator to 0°’ 6-4, 9-14Button ‘RSA’ 13-5, 13-8, 13-10Button ‘Save’ 6-5, 8-11, 16-5, 16-6Button ‘Search’ (Archive operating mode) 10-15, 10-18, 12-4Button ‘Search’ (Patient operating mode) 10-5, 10-17Button ‘Size’ 16-6Button ‘Snapshot’ 6-2, 8-4, 8-5Button ‘Soft’ 6-4Button ‘Start Img’ 12-7, 13-12Button ‘Stop Img’ 12-7, 13-12Button ‘Stop’ 12-6, 12-7, 12-8, 13-11, 13-12Button ‘Storage Media’ 20-15, 20-16Button ‘Text’ 6-5, 16-4, 16-5Button ‘Time’ 20-9Button ‘Up Arrow’ 6-4Button ‘USB’ 10-13, 10-27, 12-14Button ‘USB’ (Backup) 10-32, 10-33Button ‘VCR’ 6-5, 17-2, 17-3Button ‘WNDW’ 9-5, 14-6Button ‘Worklist’ 11-3, 11-5, 11-6, 11-7Button ‘Zoom’ 6-5, 9-11, 9-12, 14-9, 14-10Buttons

ON/OFF 6-9UP/DOWN 6-9

Buttons on the control panel 6-1, 6-2

CCable connections 4-3Cables

Coupling cable 4-3, 7-1Power cable 4-3, 7-1

Calibrating 15-3Calibration (button) 15-3C-arm

Angulation 5-8Horizontal movement 5-10Movements 5-6Orbital rotation 5-7Swiveling (panning) 5-9Vertical movement 5-11

C-arm power assist (U.S. option) 21-1C-arm stand 2-7

Brake 5-5

Dimensions A-31Illustration 2-7, 2-8Steering 5-5Transport position 5-1

CDBackup copy 10-34Restoring backed-up data 10-36Saving a cine loop 12-14Saving images 10-27Saving patient folders 10-14Saving single cine loop images 12-21Storage format 10-14, 10-27, 12-14, 20-15

CD/DVD (button in Backup) 10-35, 10-36CD/DVD (button) 10-14, 10-28, 12-14Checks

Checking the useful beam A-4Consistency test A-2Regular checks A-1Routine checks by the user A-1

Cine (button) 6-3, 12-3Cine loop 12-1

Acquiring 12-3Applications 12-1Auto setting 12-1Changing the playback speed 12-6, 13-11Cleaning up 12-8, 13-12Controlling 12-6, 13-11Defining a mask image 13-12Deleting 12-12Deleting single images 12-18Frame rate 12-1Length 12-1Marking 12-11Marking single images 12-16Mosaic view 12-15Opening 12-4Presetting the length 20-6Presetting the recording speed 20-6Printing on video printer 12-13Printing single images 12-19Processing 12-6, 12-8, 13-11Processing single images 12-15Protecting 12-11Protecting single images 12-17Replaying 12-4, 12-6, 12-10, 13-11Saving single images to a USB storage

device 12-20Saving single images to floppy disk 12-20Saving to hard disk 12-2Start image 12-7, 13-11Stop image 12-7, 13-11

iiiZiehm Vision26365-5.04.DE.00

Page 312: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Index

Trimming 12-7, 13-11Unmarking 12-11Unprotecting 12-11Writing single images to CD/DVD 12-21Writing to CD/DVD 12-14

Clean up (button) 12-8, 13-12Cleaning A-6

Monitor A-6Recommended detergents A-6

Close Horizontal Slot Collimator (button) 14-12

Close Iris Collimator (button) 6-3, 9-13Close Vertical Slot Collimator (button) 6-4, 9-14, 14-12Collimators

Iris collimator 9-13Slot collimator 9-14Virtual collimator 9-15

Complete (button) 12-7, 13-12Config (tab) 6-6, 20-2, 20-3, 20-4, 20-5, 20-6,

20-7, 20-9, 20-10, 20-15, 20-16, A-2Configuration 4-4

Ambient light sensor 20-12Autostore 20-3Autotransfer 20-2Basic settings 20-8CD/DVD storage format 20-15Checking the ambient light sensor 20-12Crosshair 20-4Deleting all images from a floppy disk

20-16Deleting all images from a USB storage

device 20-16Determining the live monitor 20-9Discarding the operation settings 20-7Entering the hospital data 20-10Floppy disk storage format 20-14Monitor / Dose 20-11Operation settings 20-2Service settings 20-1Storage media 20-13System date 20-8System time 20-8USB device storage format 20-14

Configuration (operating mode) 20-1Consistency test A-2Continuous pulse fluoroscopy 8-2Continuous Pulse Fluoroscopy (button) 6-2, 8-3, 8-5Contrast

Monitor 9-2Restoring the initial settings 9-3, 14-5

Setting 14-4Setting on flat-screen monitors 2-12

Contrast/Brightness (button) 6-5, 9-3, 9-5, 9-6, 14-4, 14-6, 14-7Control panel 6-1

Elements 6-1Cooling curve A-28Cooling System, Active 8-14Coupling cable 4-3, 7-1Crosshair 20-4

Showing 20-4Current (display) 6-7, 8-9

DDate (button) 20-9Date format 20-8Date of saving

Information on the monitor 16-2Delete (button in Measurement mode) 15-4Delete (button) 10-11, 10-25, 12-12, 14-14Delete Marked Items (button) 10-11, 10-25, 12-12, 14-14Delete protection 10-24

Removing from a cine loop 12-11Removing from an image 10-24

Delete Unmarked Items (button) 10-11, 10-25, 12-12, 14-14Deleting

All images from a floppy disk 20-16All images from a USB storage device

20-16Cine loop 12-12Image 10-25, 14-14Patient folders 10-11Single cine loop images 12-18

Department (button) 20-10Department (input box) 20-10DICOM

Downloading a Worklist 11-2Downloading patient data 11-1Images (list) 11-12Networkability 2-3Series (list) 11-12Studies (list) 11-12

DICOM network printerPrinting images 11-9

DICOM Print (button) 11-10, 11-11DICOM Retrieve (button) 11-12, 11-15DICOM server

Downloading a Worklist 11-2

iv Ziehm Vision26365-5.04.DE.00

Page 313: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Index

Downloading patient data 11-1Importing images 11-12Saving patient folders 11-8

DICOM Store 11-8DICOM Store (button) 11-9, 11-10, 11-12Digital collimation 14-12Digital radiography 8-4Digital zoom 9-11

Zoom factor 9-11, 9-12, 14-9, 14-10Digital zoom (post-processing) 14-9Dimensions

C-arm stand A-31Monitor cart with CRT monitors A-34Monitor cart with flat-screen monitors A-34

Direct radiography 19-1Collimator apertures 19-2Film cassette holder 19-1Making 19-2Tube current 19-2

Disinfection A-6Displays

Current 6-7, 8-9Dose Area Product 6-7mAs 19-3Pulses /s 6-7Pulsewidth % 6-7Radiation Time 6-7, 8-13Tube current × time 19-3Voltage 6-6, 8-9, 19-3

Displays on the control panel 6-1Doctor (button) 20-10Doctor (input box) 20-10Dose Area Product (display) 6-7Dose measurement chamber

Technical data A-39Voltage correction A-40

Dose Meter Check (button) A-2Down Arrow (button) 6-5DSA 13-1DSA (button) 6-8, 13-3DSA cine loop 13-1

Acquiring 13-2DVD

Backup copy 10-34Restoring backed-up data 10-36Saving a cine loop 12-14Saving images 10-27Saving patient folders 10-14Saving single cine loop images 12-21Storage format 10-14, 10-27, 12-14,

20-15

EEdge filter 9-8

Information on the monitor 16-2Levels 9-8, 14-8

Edge filter (post-processing) 14-8Edges

Enhancement 9-8Electronic image magnification 9-10Emergencies

Switching off 7-3EMERGENCY STOP button 2-4, 7-3Enhancement

Edges 9-8Entire archive

Grayscale inversion 10-12Erase Floppy Disk (button) 20-16Erase USB (button) 20-16Error

During operation A-8During power-up A-7List of errors and alerts A-8

Error messages 8-14Exposure rate control, automatic 8-2Exposure rate setting, manual 8-5

FFilm cassette holder 19-1

Fitting 19-1Filter (button) 6-5, 9-7, 9-9Filters

Edge filter 9-8Edge filter (post-processing) 14-8In the live image 9-7Noise suppression 9-7, 9-9Recursive filter 9-7Stack filter 9-9

First power-up of the system 4-3Flat-screen monitors

Dimensions of monitor cart A-34Monitor settings 2-12

Floppy diskDeleting all images 20-16Saving images 10-26, 14-15Saving single cine loop images 12-20Storage format 10-26, 14-15, 20-14

Floppy Disk (button) 10-26, 14-15Fluoro (tab) 6-6Fluoroscopy (operating mode) 6-2, 8-1

vZiehm Vision26365-5.04.DE.00

Page 314: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Index

Defining as start screen 20-5Fluoroscopy modes 8-2

Continuous pulse fluoroscopy 8-2Digital radiography (snapshot) 8-4

Fluoroscopy parametersInformation on the monitor 16-3

Fluoroscopy programs 8-7Focal spot position A-26Foot switch 6-10Foreign body localization 18-2Four-Point (button) 15-11Four-Point Ratio (button) 15-15Frame rate

Cine loop 12-1Full-screen image 10-23

Displaying an image at full-screen size 10-23

Full-Screen Image (button) 10-21Functions

High quality 8-8Large patient 8-9Metal artifact correction 8-8Reposition 8-8

Functions, optional 2-4

GGettering the image intensifier tube A-5Graphics format

CD/DVD 10-14, 10-27, 12-14, 20-15Floppy disk 10-26, 14-15, 20-14USB storage device 10-13, 10-27, 12-13,

20-14Grayscale inversion

All images 10-12Entire archive 10-12Image 9-13Undoing the grayscale inversion 10-12

Grayscale Inversion (button) 6-5, 9-13, 14-11Grayscale inversion (post-processing)

Image 14-11

HHand switch 6-10Hard disk

Saving a cine loop 12-2Saving images 8-10

Heart (anatomical program) 8-7

Heart (button) 6-4Heat capacity A-28Heating curve A-28High Quality (button) 6-2, 8-9High quality (function) 8-8Horizontal image reversal 9-16Horizontal image reversal (post-processing) 14-11Horizontal movement

C-arm 5-10Hospital (button) 20-10Hospital (input box) 20-10Hospital data

Entering 20-10Information on the monitor 16-1

IIllustrations

C-arm stand 2-7, 2-8Dimensions of C-arm stand A-31, A-32Dimensions of monitor cart A-34Monitor cart with CRT monitors 2-10, 2-11Monitor cart with flat-screen monitors 2-9Transport position of the C-arm stand 5-2Transport position of the monitor cart 5-3

ImageAdding a marker 16-6Adding an arrow 16-6Adding text 16-5Comparing 9-15Deleting 10-25, 14-14Displaying at full-screen size 10-23Documenting 17-1Edge enhancement 9-8Grayscale inversion 9-13Grayscale inversion (post-processing)

14-11Importing from DICOM server 11-12Inverting all images 10-12Left/right 9-16Marking 10-23, 14-12Mirroring (reversal) 9-16Mirroring (reversal) (post-processing)

14-11Note 16-5Print live monitor image on video printer

8-12Printing on DICOM network printer 11-9

vi Ziehm Vision26365-5.04.DE.00

Page 315: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Index

Printing on video printer 10-26, 14-16, 17-1Processing 10-20Protecting 10-24, 12-11, 14-13Recording on video cassette recorder 17-2Replaying on video cassette recorder 17-3Rotating 9-17Rotating (post-processing) 14-11Rotating to 0° 9-17Saving to floppy disk 10-26, 14-15Saving to hard disk 8-10Saving to USB storage device 10-27, 12-13Undoing the grayscale inversion 9-13Undoing the grayscale inversion of all

images 10-12Unmarking 10-24, 14-13Unprotecting 10-24, 14-13Up/down 9-16Writing to CD/DVD 10-27

Image crop 14-12Image data

Managing 10-7Image detail

Enlarging 9-11Image documentation 17-1Image information 16-1Image magnification level 6-5Image number 8-10

Information on the monitor 16-1Image reversal

Horizontal image reversal 9-16Vertical image reversal 9-16

Image rotation 9-17Image rotation (post-processing) 14-11Image swapping 9-15Image Swapping (button) 6-3, 9-15Images (DICOM list) 11-12Importing

Images from DICOM server 11-12Input box ‘Department’ 20-10Input box ‘Doctor’ 20-10Input box ‘Hospital’ 20-10Input box ‘Reference Length’ 15-4Input box ‘Time’ 20-9Invert All (button) 10-12Iris collimator 9-13

Closing 9-13Opening 9-13Opening fully 9-14, 9-15

JJapan

Technical data A-51

KKey switch 2-4, 7-4

Power on 7-4X-Ray on/off 7-4

Keypad, alphanumeric 6-9

LLabels

C-arm stand A-16Generator A-17Image intensifier A-17Monitor cart A-18

Landmarking 13-14Large Patient (button) 6-3, 8-9Large patient (function) 8-9Laser

Laser Class 3-5, 18-1Laser positioning device 3-5Maintenance 3-5

Laser (button) 6-5, 18-2Laser positioning device 18-1

Applications 18-1Localizing foreign bodies 18-2Technical data A-39

Last Image Hold 8-9Leakage in the cooling system A-5Left/right 9-2, 9-16

Information on the monitor 16-2Length

Cine loop 12-1Length 1 (read-only box) 15-6, 15-9, 15-12, 15-16Length 1 / Length 2 (read-only box) 15-16Length 2 (read-only box) 15-9, 15-12, 15-16Length or distance

Measuring 15-5Live Image left (option button) 20-10Live Image right (option button) 20-10Live monitor 2-11

Defining 20-9LM (button) 13-14

viiZiehm Vision26365-5.04.DE.00

Page 316: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Index

LockingEntire system 7-4X-rays 7-4

MMagnification, electronic 9-10Magnify (button) 6-5, 9-10Manual exposure rate setting 8-5

Activating 8-5Deactivating 8-6

Manual Exposure Rate Setting (button) 6-3, 8-5Mark (button) 10-10, 10-24, 11-14, 12-11, 14-12, 14-13Marker

Adding to an image 16-6Deleting 16-7Editing 16-6

MarkingCine loop 12-11Image 10-23, 14-12Patient folders 10-10Single cine loop images 12-16

mAs (display) 19-3Mask (button) 13-13Mask image 13-2Mask off (button) 13-13Measure (tab) 6-6, 15-3, 15-5, 15-11Measurement

2-point measurement 15-53-point measurement 15-84-point measurement 15-114-point ratio measurement 15-15Button ‘Delete’ 15-4Calibrating 15-3Length or distance 15-5Length ratio 15-16Reference length 15-6, 15-9, 15-16Reference object 15-3

Measurement (operating mode) 15-1Measuring functions 15-1Metal (button) 6-4, 8-8Metal artifact correction 8-8

Activating 8-8Deactivating 8-8

Metal artifact correction (function) 8-8Monitor / Dose 20-11Monitor / Dose (button) 20-12, A-2Monitor assignment 2-11

Monitor cart 2-9Brake 5-4Dimensions A-34Dimensions with flat-screen monitors

A-34Steering 5-4Transport position 5-2

Monitor cart, illustration 2-9, 2-10, 2-11Monitor settings

18.1" flat-screen monitors 2-12Brightness 9-2, 14-4Contrast 9-2, 14-4

Mosaic (button) 10-21Mosaic view 10-8Movement

C-arm 5-6MSA 13-1MSA (button) 13-4, 13-7, 13-9MSA image

Acquiring 13-4

NName (button) 11-4Native image 13-2

Hiding 20-7Showing 20-7

Networkability 2-3New (button) 10-4, 10-5, 10-17, 11-2Next Measuring Point (button) 15-4, 15-6, 15-9, 15-12, 15-13, 15-16, 15-17Noise suppression

Recursive filter 9-7Stack filter 9-9

Note on the image 16-5

OOFF switches 6-9, 7-2ON/OFF switches 6-9, 7-2Open Horizontal Slot Collimator (button) 14-12Open Iris Collimator (button) 9-13Open Iris Collimator Fully (button) 6-3, 9-14, 9-15Open Vertical Slot Collimator (button) 9-14, 14-12Open Vertical Slot Collimator Fully (button)

6-4, 9-14, 9-15

viii Ziehm Vision26365-5.04.DE.00

Page 317: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Index

Operating modesArchive 10-7, 11-12Configuration 20-1Fluoroscopy 8-1Measurement 15-1Patient 10-2, 11-12Post Process 14-1, 14-12, 14-15Radiography 19-2, 19-3Subtraction 8-1Text 16-4

Operation settings 20-2Autostore 20-3Autotransfer 20-2CD/DVD storage format 20-15Crosshair 20-4Defining the start screen 20-5Discarding 20-7Floppy disk storage format 20-14USB device storage format 20-14

Option button ‘Live Image left’ 20-10Option button ‘Live Image right’ 20-10Optional accessories 2-6Optional accessories (U.S.A.) 2-6Optional functions 2-4Orbital rotation

C-arm 5-7

PPatient (operating mode) 10-2, 11-12

Activating 10-3Defining as start screen 20-5

Patient (tab) 6-6, 10-3, 10-4, 10-5, 10-17, 11-1, 11-3, 11-4, 11-6Patient data

Downloading from DICOM server 11-1Editing 10-5Entering manually 10-4Information on the monitor 16-1Managing 10-2

Patient folders 10-1Activating 10-17Backup 10-30Backup to CD/DVD 10-34Backup to USB storage device 10-31Creating a new patient folder 10-3Deleting 10-11Displaying image information 10-16Editing data 10-5Marking 10-10Printing on video printer 10-12

Processing 10-8Saving to USB storage device 10-13Search criteria 10-15Searching 10-5, 10-15Storage capacity 10-1Subject 10-2Unmarking 10-10Writing to CD/DVD 10-14

Patient IDDisplay 10-2Length 10-2

Patient ID (button) 11-2, 11-5PAUSE (button) 17-3Pixel shift 13-13Play (button) 12-6, 13-11, 13-13, 17-3Post Proc. (tab) 6-6, 14-3Post Process 14-1

Activating an image 14-3Digital zoom 14-9Edge filter 14-8Image reversal 14-11Image rotation 14-11Inverting the image grayscale 14-11Printing images on video printer 14-16Protecting an image 14-13Saving images to floppy disk 14-15

Post Process (operating mode) 14-12, 14-15Power cable 4-3, 7-1Print (button) 10-13, 12-13, 14-16Print Live Monitor Image (button) 6-5, 8-12, 10-13, 10-26, 12-13, 12-19Printing

Cine loops on video printer 12-13Images on DICOM network printer 11-9Images on video printer 10-26, 14-16, 17-1Live monitor image on video printer 8-12Measured values 8-12Patient folders on video printer 10-12Single cine loop images on video printer 12-19Text information 8-12

Protect (button) 10-24, 12-11, 14-13Protecting

Cine loop 12-11Image 10-24, 12-11, 14-13Image (post-processing) 14-13

Protective grounding 3-4P-Sh (button) 13-13Pulses /s (display) 6-7Pulsewidth % (display) 6-7

ixZiehm Vision26365-5.04.DE.00

Page 318: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Index

QQuery (button) 11-2

RRadiation controlled area 3-3Radiation time

Alarm 8-13Warning function 8-13

Radiation Time (display) 6-7, 8-13Radiography (operating mode) 19-2, 19-3Radiography (tab) 6-6, 19-2Read-only box ‘180° – Angle’ 15-12Read-only box ‘360° – Angle’ 15-9Read-only box ‘Angle’ 15-9, 15-12Read-only box ‘Length 1 / Length 2’ 15-16Read-only box ‘Length 1’ 15-6, 15-9, 15-12, 15-16Read-only box ‘Length 2’ 15-9, 15-12, 15-16Read-only box ‘Reference Length’ 15-6, 15-9, 15-12, 15-16REC (button) 17-2Recursive filter 9-7

Information on the monitor 16-2Levels 9-7Noise suppression 9-7

Reference Length (input box) 15-4Reference Length (read-only box) 15-6, 15-9, 15-12, 15-16Reference monitor 2-11Refresh (button) 11-13, 11-16Reposition (button) 6-4, 8-8Reposition (function) 8-8Restore CD/DVD (button) 10-36Restore USB (button) 10-33Retrieve (button) 11-12, 11-15, 11-16Reverse Left/Right (button) 6-3, 9-16, 14-11Reverse Up/Down (button) 6-3, 9-16, 14-11Rotate Image CCW (button) 6-3, 9-17, 14-11Rotate Image CW (button) 6-3, 9-17, 14-11Rotate Image to 0° (button) 6-3, 9-17Rotate Vertical Slot Collimator CCW (button)

9-14Rotate Vertical Slot Collimator CW (button) 9-14Rotate Vertical Slot Collimator to 0° (button) 6-4, 9-14RSA 13-1RSA (button) 13-5, 13-8, 13-10

RSA imageAcquiring 13-5

SSafety instructions

Electromagnetic compatibility 3-3Environmental compatibility 3-6Equipotential grounding 3-4General safety instructions 3-1Laser radiation 3-5Protective grounding 3-4X-rays 3-2

Save (button) 6-5, 8-11, 16-5, 16-6Saving

Cine loops to CD/DVD 12-14Cine loops to hard disk 12-2Images to CD/DVD 10-27Images to floppy disk 10-26, 14-15Images to hard disk 8-10Images to USB storage device 10-27, 12-13Patient folders to CD/DVD 10-14Patient folders to DICOM server 11-8Patient folders to USB storage device 10-13Single cine loop images to a USB storage

device 12-20Single cine loop images to CD/DVD

12-21Single cine loop images to floppy disk 12-20

Scattered radiation A-29Search (button in Archive operating mode) 10-15, 10-18, 12-4Search (button in Patient operating mode) 10-5, 10-17Search criteria for patient folders 10-15Security key switch 7-4Series (DICOM list) 11-12Service settings 20-1Size (button) 16-6Slot collimator 9-14

Closing 9-14Opening 9-14Opening fully 9-14Rotating 9-14Rotating to 0° 9-14

Snapshot 8-4Snapshot (button) 6-2, 8-4, 8-5Soft (anatomical program) 8-7

x Ziehm Vision26365-5.04.DE.00

Page 319: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Index

Soft (button) 6-4Stack filter 9-9

Information on the monitor 16-2Noise suppression 9-9Number of images 9-9

Standard fluoroscopy 8-1Standard windowing 9-4Standard windowing (post-processing) 14-6Start image of a cine loop 12-7, 13-11Start Img (button) 12-7, 13-12Start screen

Defining 20-5Steering

C-arm stand 5-5Monitor cart 5-4

Step windowing 9-4Step windowing (post-processing) 14-6Sterilization A-7Stop (button) 12-6, 12-7, 12-8, 13-11, 13-12Stop image of a cine loop 12-7, 13-11Stop Img (button) 12-7, 13-12Storage format

CD/DVD 10-14, 10-27, 12-14, 20-15Floppy disk 10-26, 14-15, 20-14USB storage device 10-13, 10-27, 12-13, 20-14

Storage media 20-13Storage Media (button) 20-15, 20-16Studies (DICOM list) 11-12Subject 10-2Subtracted image 13-2Subtraction (operating mode) 6-8, 8-1

Defining as start screen 20-5Subtraction (tab) 6-6, 13-2Subtraction modes

Acquiring a DSA cine loop 13-2Acquiring an MSA image 13-4Acquiring an RSA image 13-5DSA 13-1Landmarking 13-14Mask image 13-2MSA 13-1Native image 13-2Pixel shift 13-13RSA 13-1Subtracted image 13-2

SwitchesHand switch 6-10Two-pedal foot switch 6-10

Switching off in emergency situations 7-3Switching on

First power-up of the system 4-3

Swiveling (panning)C-arm 5-9

SystemON/OFF switches 7-2Preparing 7-1Switching on 7-2

System date 20-8System time 20-8

TTab ‘Archive’ 6-6, 10-7, 10-15, 10-18, 10-31,

10-32, 10-33, 10-34, 10-35, 10-36, 11-9, 11-10, 11-11, 11-12, 11-15, 12-4,

13-8Tab ‘Config’ 6-6, 20-2, 20-3, 20-4, 20-5, 20-6, 20-7, 20-9, 20-10, 20-15, 20-16, A-2Tab ‘Fluoro’ 6-6Tab ‘Measure’ 6-6, 15-3, 15-5, 15-11Tab ‘Patient’ 6-6, 10-3, 10-4, 10-5, 10-17, 11-1, 11-3, 11-4, 11-6Tab ‘Post Proc.’ 6-6, 14-3Tab ‘Radiography’ 6-6, 19-2Tab ‘Subtraction’ 6-6, 13-2Technical data A-35Temperature in the generator 8-14Temperature monitoring 8-14Temperature symbol 6-7, 8-14Text

Adding to an image 16-5Deleting 16-6Editing 16-6

Text (button) 6-5, 16-4, 16-5Text (operating mode) 16-4Three-point (button) 15-8Time (button) 20-9Time (input box) 20-9Time of saving

Information on the monitor 16-2Touchpad (digital zoom) 9-12Transport position

C-arm stand 5-1Monitor cart 5-2

Two-pedal foot switch 6-10Assignment 6-10

Two-Point (button) 15-5

xiZiehm Vision26365-5.04.DE.00

Page 320: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Index

UU.S.A.

C-arm power assist (option) 21-1Labels on the C-arm stand A-40Labels on the generator A-41Labels on the image intensifier A-41Labels on the monitor cart A-42Optional accessories 2-6

Unpacking the system 4-1Up Arrow (button) 6-4Up/down 9-2, 9-16

Information on the monitor 16-2UP/DOWN buttons 6-9USB (button in Backup) 10-32, 10-33USB (button) 10-13, 10-27, 12-14USB storage device

Backup copy 10-31Deleting all images 20-16Restoring backed-up data 10-33Saving images 10-27, 12-13Saving patient folders 10-13Saving single cine loop images 12-20Storage format 10-13, 10-27, 12-13, 20-14

VVCR (button) 6-5, 17-2, 17-3Vertical image reversal 9-16Vertical image reversal (post-processing) 14-11Vertical movement

C-arm 5-11Vertical slot collimator

Opening fully 9-14, 9-15Rotating to 0° 9-14

VideoBNC socket 2-16VIDEO OUT 2-16Video output 2-16Video signal 2-16

Video cassette recorderDocumenting an image 17-1Recording images 17-2Replaying images 17-3

Video printerDocumenting an image 17-1Printing a cine loop 12-13Printing images 10-26, 14-16, 17-1

Printing patient folders 10-12Printing the live monitor image 8-12

Virtual collimator 9-15Vision Center (control panel) 6-1Voltage (display) 6-6, 8-9, 19-3

WWarning function (radiation time) 8-13Warning symbols

Temperature 6-7, 8-14X-rays 6-7, 8-10, 8-13

Windowing 9-4, 14-5Restoring the factory settings 9-5, 9-6, 14-7Standard windowing 9-4Step windowing 9-4

Windowing valuesInformation on the monitor 16-2

WNDW (button) 9-5, 14-6Worklist

Downloading from DICOM server 11-2Worklist (button) 11-3, 11-5, 11-6, 11-7Writing

Backup to CD/DVD 10-34Cine loops to CD/DVD 12-14Images to CD/DVD 10-27Patient folders to CD/DVD 10-14Single cine loop images to CD/DVD

12-21

XX-ray symbol 6-7, 8-10, 8-13

ZZoom 9-11

Zoom factor 9-11, 9-12, 14-9, 14-10Zoom (button) 6-5, 9-11, 9-12, 14-9, 14-10Zoom (post-processing) 14-9Zoom factor

Digital zoom 9-11, 9-12, 14-9, 14-10

xii Ziehm Vision26365-5.04.DE.00

Page 321: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

1Ziehm Vision28027 Rev. 10/2004

Manufacturer’s Declaration regarding Electromagnetic Compatibility according to IEC 60601-1-2 (Class A)

Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – electromagnetic emissionsThe Ziehm Vision is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the user of the Ziehm Vision should assure that it is used in such an environment.

Emissions tests Compliance Electromagnetic environment – guidance

RF emissions according to CISPR 11

Group 1 The Ziehm Vision uses RF energy only for its internal function. Therefore, its RF emissions are very low and are not likely to cause any interference in nearby electronic equipment.

RF emissions according to CISPR 11

Class A The Ziehm Vision is suitable for use in all establishments other than domestic and those directly connected to the public low-voltage power supply network that supplies buildings used for domestic purposes.Harmonic emissions

according to IEC 61000-3-2

Not applicable

Voltage fluctuations/flicker emissions according to IEC 61000-3-3

Not applicable

Table 1 Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – electromagnetic emissions

Page 322: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Manufacturer’s Declaration regarding Electromagnetic Compatibility according to IEC 60601-1-2(Class A)

2 Ziehm Vision28027 Rev. 10/2004

Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – electromagnetic immunityThe Ziehm Vision is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the user of the Ziehm Vision should assure that it is used in such an environment.

Immunity tests IEC 60601 test level

Compliance level

Electromagnetic environment – guidance

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) according to IEC 61000-4-2

+ 6 kV contact discharge

+ 8 kV air discharge

+ 6 kV contact discharge

+ 8 kV air discharge

Floors should be wood, concrete or ceramic tile. If floors are covered with synthetic material, the relative humidity should be at least 30%.

Electrical fast transient/burst according to IEC 61000-4-4

+ 2 kV for power supply lines

+ 1 kV for input/output lines

+ 2 kV for power supply lines

+ 1 kV for input/output lines

Mains power quality should be that of a typical commercial or hospital environment.

Surge according to IEC 61000-4-5

+ 1 kV differential mode

+ 2 kV common mode

+ 1 kV differential mode

+ 2 kV common mode

Mains power quality should be that of a typical commercial or hospital environment.

Voltage dips, short interruptions, and voltage variations on power supply input lines according to IEC 61000-4-11

< 5% UT for 0.5 cycle (> 95% dip)

40% UT for 5 cycles (60% dip)

70% UT for 25 cycles (30% dip)

< 5% UT for 5 s (> 95% dip)

< 5% UT for 0.5 cycle (> 95% dip)

40% UT for 5 cycles (60% dip)

70% UT for 25 cycles (30% dip)

< 5% UT for 5 s (> 95% dip)

Mains power quality should be that of a typical commercial or hospital environment.

If the user of the Ziehm Vision requires continued operation during power mains interruptions, it is recommended that the Ziehm Vision be powered from an uninterruptible power supply or battery.

Power frequency (50/60 Hz) magnetic field according to IEC 61000-4-8

3 A/m 3 A/m Power frequency magnetic fields should be at levels characteristic of a typical location in a typical commercial or hospital environment.

NOTE: UT is the AC mains voltage prior to application of the test level

Table 2 Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – electromagnetic immunity

Page 323: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Manufacturer’s Declaration regarding Electromagnetic Compatibility according to IEC 60601-1-2 (Class A)

3Ziehm Vision28027 Rev. 10/2004

Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – electromagnetic immunityThe Ziehm Vision is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the user of the Ziehm Vision should assure that it is used in such an environment.

Immunity tests IEC 60601 test level

Compliance level

Electromagnetic environment – guidance

Portable and mobile RF communications equipment should be used no closer to the Ziehm Vision, including cables, than the recommended separation distance calculated from the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter.

Recommended separation distance:

Conducted RF according to IEC 61000-4-6

3 Vrms

150 kHz to 80 MHz

3 Vrms d = 1.2 × SQRT(P)

Radiated RF according to IEC 61000-4-3

3 V/m

80 MHz to 2.5 GHz

3 V/m d = 1.2 × SQRT(P) 80 MHz to 800 MHz

d = 2.3 × SQRT(P) 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz

where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer and d is the recommended separation distance in meters (m).

Field strengths from fixed RF transmitters, as determined by an electromagnetic site survey a, should be less than the compliance level b in each frequency range.

Interference may occur in the vicinity of equipment marked with the following symbol:

Table 3 Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – electromagnetic immunity

Page 324: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Manufacturer’s Declaration regarding Electromagnetic Compatibility according to IEC 60601-1-2(Class A)

4 Ziehm Vision28027 Rev. 10/2004

NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the higher frequency range applies.

NOTE 2: These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection from structures, objects and people.a Field strengths from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones and land mobile radios, amateur radio, AM and FM radio broadcast and TV broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically with accuracy. To assess the electromagnetic environment due to fixed RF transmitters, an electromagnetic site survey should be considered. If the measured field strength in the location in which the Ziehm Vision is used exceeds the applicable RF compliance level above, the Ziehm Vision should be observed to verify normal operation. If abnormal performance is observed, additional measures may be necessary, such as re-orienting or relocating the Ziehm Vision.b Over the frequency range 150 kHz to 80 MHz, field strengths should be less than 3 V/m.

Immunity tests IEC 60601 test level

Compliance level

Electromagnetic environment – guidance

Table 3 Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – electromagnetic immunity

Page 325: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Manufacturer’s Declaration regarding Electromagnetic Compatibility according to IEC 60601-1-2 (Class A)

5Ziehm Vision28027 Rev. 10/2004

Recommended separation distances between portable and mobile RF communications equipment and the Ziehm VisionThe Ziehm Vision is intended for use in an electromagnetic environment in which radiated RF disturbances are controlled. The customer or the user of the Ziehm Vision can help prevent electromagnetic interference by maintaining a minimum distance between portable and mobile RF communications equipment (transmitters) and the Ziehm Vision as recommended below, according to the maximum output power of the communications equipment.

Rated maximum

output power of transmitter

W

Separation distance according to frequency of transmitterm

150 kHz to 80 MHzd = 1.2 × SQRT(P)

80 MHz to 800 MHzd = 1.2 × SQRT(P)

800 MHz to 2.5 GHzd = 2.3 × SQRT(P)

0.01 0.12 0.12 0.23

0.1 0.38 0.38 0.73

1 1.2 1.2 2.3

10 3.8 3.8 7.3

100 12 12 23

For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed in the above table, the distance can be determined using the equation in the respective column header, where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer.

NOTE 1: An additional factor of 10/3 is used in calculating the recommended separation distance for transmitters in the frequency range 80 MHz to 2.5 GHz to decrease the likelihood that mobile/portable communications equipment could cause interference if it is inadvertently brought into patient areas.

NOTE 2: These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection from structures, objects and people.

Table 4 Recommended separation distances between portable and mobile RF communications equipment and the Ziehm Vision

Page 326: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Manufacturer’s Declaration regarding Electromagnetic Compatibility according to IEC 60601-1-2(Class A)

6 Ziehm Vision28027 Rev. 10/2004

Page 327: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

1Ziehm Vision28028 Rev. 10/2004

Manufacturer’s Declaration regarding Electromagnetic Compatibility according to IEC 60601-1-2 (Class B)

Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – electromagnetic emissionsThe Ziehm Vision is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the user of the Ziehm Vision should assure that it is used in such an environment.

Emissions tests Compliance Electromagnetic environment – guidance

RF emissions according to CISPR 11

Group 1 The Ziehm Vision uses RF energy only for its internal function. Therefore, its RF emissions are very low and are not likely to cause any interference in nearby electronic equipment.

RF emissions according to CISPR 11

Class B The Ziehm Vision is suitable for use in all establishments, including domestic establishments and those directly connected to the public low-voltage power supply network that supplies buildings used for domestic purposes.

Harmonic emissions according to IEC 61000-3-2

Class A

Voltage fluctuations/flicker emissions according to IEC 61000-3-3

Complies

Table 1 Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – electromagnetic emissions

Page 328: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Manufacturer’s Declaration regarding Electromagnetic Compatibility according to IEC 60601-1-2(Class B)

2 Ziehm Vision28028 Rev. 10/2004

Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – electromagnetic immunityThe Ziehm Vision is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the user of the Ziehm Vision should assure that it is used in such an environment.

Immunity tests IEC 60601 test level

Compliance level

Electromagnetic environment – guidance

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) according to IEC 61000-4-2

+ 6 kV contact discharge

+ 8 kV air discharge

+ 6 kV contact discharge

+ 8 kV air discharge

Floors should be wood, concrete or ceramic tile. If floors are covered with synthetic material, the relative humidity should be at least 30%.

Electrical fast transient/burst according to IEC 61000-4-4

+ 2 kV for power supply lines

+ 1 kV for input/output lines

+ 2 kV for power supply lines

+ 1 kV for input/output lines

Mains power quality should be that of a typical commercial or hospital environment.

Surge according to IEC 61000-4-5

+ 1 kV differential mode

+ 2 kV common mode

+ 1 kV differential mode

+ 2 kV common mode

Mains power quality should be that of a typical commercial or hospital environment.

Voltage dips, short interruptions, and voltage variations on power supply input lines according to IEC 61000-4-11

< 5% UT for 0.5 cycle (> 95% dip)

40% UT for 5 cycles (60% dip)

70% UT for 25 cycles (30% dip)

< 5% UT for 5 s (> 95% dip)

< 5% UT for 0.5 cycle (> 95% dip)

40% UT for 5 cycles (60% dip)

70% UT for 25 cycles (30% dip)

< 5% UT for 5 s (> 95% dip)

Mains power quality should be that of a typical commercial or hospital environment.

If the user of the Ziehm Vision requires continued operation during power mains interruptions, it is recommended that the Ziehm Vision be powered from an uninterruptible power supply or battery.

Power frequency (50/60 Hz) magnetic field according to IEC 61000-4-8

3 A/m 3 A/m Power frequency magnetic fields should be at levels characteristic of a typical location in a typical commercial or hospital environment.

NOTE: UT is the AC mains voltage prior to application of the test level

Table 2 Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – electromagnetic immunity

Page 329: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Manufacturer’s Declaration regarding Electromagnetic Compatibility according to IEC 60601-1-2 (Class B)

3Ziehm Vision28028 Rev. 10/2004

Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – electromagnetic immunityThe Ziehm Vision is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the user of the Ziehm Vision should assure that it is used in such an environment.

Immunity tests IEC 60601 test level

Compliance level

Electromagnetic environment – guidance

Portable and mobile RF communications equipment should be used no closer to the Ziehm Vision, including cables, than the recommended separation distance calculated from the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter.

Recommended separation distance:

Conducted RF according to IEC 61000-4-6

3 Vrms

150 kHz to 80 MHz

3 Vrms d = 1.2 × SQRT(P)

Radiated RF according to IEC 61000-4-3

3 V/m

80 MHz to 2.5 GHz

3 V/m d = 1.2 × SQRT(P) 80 MHz to 800 MHz

d = 2.3 × SQRT(P) 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz

where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer and d is the recommended separation distance in meters (m).

Field strengths from fixed RF transmitters, as determined by an electromagnetic site survey a, should be less than the compliance level b in each frequency range.

Interference may occur in the vicinity of equipment marked with the following symbol:

Table 3 Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – electromagnetic immunity

Page 330: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Manufacturer’s Declaration regarding Electromagnetic Compatibility according to IEC 60601-1-2(Class B)

4 Ziehm Vision28028 Rev. 10/2004

NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the higher frequency range applies.

NOTE 2: These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection from structures, objects and people.a Field strengths from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones and land mobile radios, amateur radio, AM and FM radio broadcast and TV broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically with accuracy. To assess the electromagnetic environment due to fixed RF transmitters, an electromagnetic site survey should be considered. If the measured field strength in the location in which the Ziehm Vision is used exceeds the applicable RF compliance level above, the Ziehm Vision should be observed to verify normal operation. If abnormal performance is observed, additional measures may be necessary, such as re-orienting or relocating the Ziehm Vision.b Over the frequency range 150 kHz to 80 MHz, field strengths should be less than 3 V/m.

Immunity tests IEC 60601 test level

Compliance level

Electromagnetic environment – guidance

Table 3 Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – electromagnetic immunity

Page 331: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Manufacturer’s Declaration regarding Electromagnetic Compatibility according to IEC 60601-1-2 (Class B)

5Ziehm Vision28028 Rev. 10/2004

Recommended separation distances between portable and mobile RF communications equipment and the Ziehm VisionThe Ziehm Vision is intended for use in an electromagnetic environment in which radiated RF disturbances are controlled. The customer or the user of the Ziehm Vision can help prevent electromagnetic interference by maintaining a minimum distance between portable and mobile RF communications equipment (transmitters) and the Ziehm Vision as recommended below, according to the maximum output power of the communications equipment.

Rated maximum

output power of transmitter

W

Separation distance according to frequency of transmitterm

150 kHz to 80 MHzd = 1.2 × SQRT(P)

80 MHz to 800 MHzd = 1.2 × SQRT(P)

800 MHz to 2.5 GHzd = 2.3 × SQRT(P)

0.01 0.12 0.12 0.23

0.1 0.38 0.38 0.73

1 1.2 1.2 2.3

10 3.8 3.8 7.3

100 12 12 23

For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed in the above table, the distance can be determined using the equation in the respective column header, where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer.

NOTE 1: An additional factor of 10/3 is used in calculating the recommended separation distance for transmitters in the frequency range 80 MHz to 2.5 GHz to decrease the likelihood that mobile/portable communications equipment could cause interference if it is inadvertently brought into patient areas.

NOTE 2: These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection from structures, objects and people.

Table 4 Recommended separation distances between portable and mobile RF communications equipment and the Ziehm Vision

Page 332: Vision 4 EN - Whittemore Enterprises, Inc. · Ziehm Vision 26366-5_4.12_EN_00 Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision FD User Manual Table of Contents About this Manual 1 System Overview 2 Safety

Manufacturer’s Declaration regarding Electromagnetic Compatibility according to IEC 60601-1-2(Class B)

6 Ziehm Vision28028 Rev. 10/2004